Odoo Translation Bot
16440 lines
838 KiB
Plaintext
16440 lines
838 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2022
|
||
# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2022
|
||
# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2022
|
||
# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2022
|
||
# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2022
|
||
# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2022
|
||
# Vallen Delobel <edv@odoo.com>, 2022
|
||
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2023
|
||
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2023
|
||
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Jolien De Paepe, 2023
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: fr\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr "Inventaire & MRP"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
|
||
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
|
||
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
|
||
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventaire** est à la fois une application d'inventaire et un système"
|
||
" de gestion d'entrepôt, avec une application avancée de lecteur de codes-"
|
||
"barres. Apprenez à gérer les délais de livraison, à automatiser les "
|
||
"réassorts et à configurer des routes avancées comme le dropshipping, le "
|
||
"cross-docking, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriels Odoo : Inventaire <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriels Odoo : Scanner de code-barres "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Codes-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations journalières"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec Code-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour effectuer un ajustement d'inventaire en utilisant des codes-barres, "
|
||
"vous devez d'abord ouvrir l'application *Code-barres*. Ensuite, à partir de "
|
||
"l'application, cliquez sur *Ajustements d'inventaire*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous souhaitez travailler uniquement avec les codes-barres, vous pouvez "
|
||
"télécharger la fiche *Commandes pour l'inventaire*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous avez cliqué sur *Ajustements d'inventaire*, Odoo va "
|
||
"automatiquement en créer un. Notez que, si vous travaillez avec plusieurs "
|
||
"emplacements, vous devez d'abord préciser dans quel emplacement l'ajustement"
|
||
" d'inventaire a lieu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous ne travaillez pas avec des emplacements multiples, vous pourrez "
|
||
"scanner les différents produits que vous voulez inclure dans l'ajustement "
|
||
"d'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5 fois ou utilisez le "
|
||
"clavier pour définir la quantité. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Outre l'utilisation du lecteur de codes-barres, vous pouvez également "
|
||
"ajouter manuellement un produit si nécessaire. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur "
|
||
"*Ajouter un produit* et complétez les informations manuellement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous avez scanné tous les articles de l'emplacement, validez "
|
||
"l'inventaire manuellement ou scannez le code-barres *Appliquer*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il existe différentes situations dans lesquelles les nomenclatures de codes-"
|
||
"barres peuvent être utiles. Un cas d'utilisation bien connu est celui d'un "
|
||
"point de vente qui vend des produits en vrac, dans lequel les clients pèsent"
|
||
" eux-mêmes leurs produits et reçoivent le code-barres imprimé à coller sur "
|
||
"le produit. Ce code-barres contiendra le poids du produit et permettra de "
|
||
"calculer le prix en conséquence."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une nomenclature de codes-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo prend en charge les nomenclatures des codes-barres, qui déterminent le "
|
||
"mappage et l'interprétation des informations encodées. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"configurer votre nomenclature de code-barres en étant en :ref:`mode "
|
||
"développeur <developer-mode>`. Pour ce faire, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Nomenclature des code-"
|
||
"barres`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez créer une nomenclature de codes-barres d'ici et ensuite ajouter "
|
||
"une ligne pour créer votre première règle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première étape consiste à préciser le **nom de la règle**, par exemple le"
|
||
" Code-barres Poids avec 3 décimales. Vous devez ensuite préciser le type de "
|
||
"nomenclature de code-barres, dans notre cas ce sera Produit pondéré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le modèle de code-barres est une expression régulière qui définit la "
|
||
"structure du code-barres. Dans cet exemple, 21 définit les produits sur "
|
||
"lesquels la règle sera appliquée, ce sont les numéros par lesquels le code-"
|
||
"barres du produit doit commencer. Les 5 “points” sont les numéros suivants "
|
||
"du code-barres du produit et sont là simplement pour identifier le produit "
|
||
"en question. Le “N” définit un nombre et le “D” définit les décimales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'encodage permet de préciser l'encodage du code-barres sur lequel la règle "
|
||
"doit être appliquée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez définir différentes règles et les classer par ordre de priorité "
|
||
"grâce à la séquence. La première règle qui correspond au code-barres scanné "
|
||
"sera appliquée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer votre produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr "Le code-barres du produit devrait commencer par “21” ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les 5 “points” sont les autres numéros du code-barres de votre produit, "
|
||
"permettant d'identifier le produit ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le code-barres doit contenir des 0 là où vous avez défini des D ou des N. "
|
||
"Dans notre cas, nous devons mettre 5 zéros, car nous avons configuré "
|
||
"“21…..{NNDDD}” ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En EAN-13, le dernier chiffre est un chiffre de contrôle, utilisez un "
|
||
"générateur d'EAN13 pour savoir quel devrait être le dernier chiffre dans "
|
||
"votre cas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le cas où vous pesez 1,5 kg de pâtes, la balance vous imprimera le "
|
||
"code-barres suivant 2112345015002. Si vous scannez ce code-barres dans votre"
|
||
" point de vente ou lorsque vous recevez des produits dans votre application "
|
||
"de code-barres, Odoo créera automatiquement une nouvelle ligne pour le "
|
||
"produit Pâtes pour une quantité de 1,5 kg. Pour le point de vente, un prix "
|
||
"dépendant de la quantité sera également calculé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr "Types de règle"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Produit à prix fixe** : vous permet d'identifier le produit et de préciser"
|
||
" son prix, utilisé dans les points de vente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Produit en promotion** : vous permet de créer un code-barres par remise "
|
||
"appliquée. Vous pouvez alors scanner votre produit dans le point de vente, "
|
||
"puis scanner le code-barres de la remise et la remise sera appliquée sur le "
|
||
"prix normal du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Produit pesé** : vous permet d'identifier le produit et de préciser son "
|
||
"poids, utilisé à la fois dans les points de vente (dans lesquels le prix est"
|
||
" calculé en fonction du poids) et dans l'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Client** : vous permet d'identifier le client, par exemple utilisé avec un"
|
||
" programme de fidélité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Caissier** : vous permet d'identifier le caissier lors de l'entrée dans le"
|
||
" point de vente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Emplacement** : vous permet d'identifier l'emplacement d'un transfert "
|
||
"lorsque les emplacements multiples sont activés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Colis** : vous permet d'identifier les colis sur un transfert lorsque les "
|
||
"colis sont activés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Carte de crédit** : ne nécessite pas de modification manuelle, existe pour"
|
||
" les données du module Mercury."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Unité de produit** : vous permet d'identifier un produit pour les points "
|
||
"de vente et les transferts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque le modèle de code-barres contient .*, cela signifie qu'il peut "
|
||
"contenir un nombre quelconque de caractères, ces caractères pouvant être "
|
||
"n'importe quel nombre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Processus de transfert"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferts simples"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour traiter un transfert à partir de l'application *Code-barres*, la "
|
||
"première étape consiste à aller dans *Opérations*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, vous pouvez saisir un transfert existant soit en allant dans le "
|
||
"type d'opération correspondant et en sélectionnant manuellement celui que "
|
||
"vous voulez saisir, soit en scannant le code-barres du transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De là, vous pouvez scanner les produits qui font partie du transfert "
|
||
"existant et/ou ajouter de nouveaux produits à ce transfert. Une fois que "
|
||
"tous les produits ont été scannés, vous pouvez valider le transfert pour "
|
||
"procéder aux mouvements de stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez différents emplacements de stockage dans votre entrepôt, vous "
|
||
"pouvez ajouter des étapes supplémentaires pour les différents types "
|
||
"d'opérations."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Réceptions"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous recevez un produit dans votre stock, vous devez scanner son "
|
||
"code-barres afin de l'identifier dans le système. Une fois cela fait, vous "
|
||
"pouvez soit le faire entrer dans l'emplacement principal du transfert, par "
|
||
"exemple WH/Stock, soit scanner le code-barres d'un emplacement pour le faire"
|
||
" entrer dans un sous-emplacement de l'emplacement principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez que le produit entre en WH/Stock dans notre exemple, vous "
|
||
"pouvez simplement scanner le produit suivant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Livraisons"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la livraison d'un produit, vous devez scanner l'emplacement source "
|
||
"s'il est différent de celui initialement défini sur le transfert. Ensuite, "
|
||
"vous pouvez commencer à scanner les produits qui sont livrés à partir de cet"
|
||
" emplacement spécifique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois les différents produits scannés, vous avez la possibilité de "
|
||
"scanner un autre emplacement, tel que WH/Stock, et une autre page sera "
|
||
"ajoutée à votre livraison. Vous pouvez passer de l'un à l'autre grâce aux "
|
||
"boutons *Précédent* et *Suivant*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant, vous pouvez valider votre transfert. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur "
|
||
"*Suivant* jusqu'à ce que vous atteigniez la dernière page du transfert. Là, "
|
||
"vous pourrez le valider."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferts internes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous réalisez un transfert interne avec plusieurs emplacements, vous"
|
||
" devez d'abord scanner l'emplacement d'origine du produit. Ensuite, vous "
|
||
"pouvez scanner le produit lui-même, avant de devoir scanner le code-barres "
|
||
"de l'emplacement de destination."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si les emplacements d'origine et de destination des transferts internes sont"
|
||
" déjà corrects, il n'est pas nécessaire de les scanner."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr "Transferts avec des produits trackés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous travaillez avec des produits trackés par des numéros de lot/série, "
|
||
"vous avez deux possibilités :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous travaillez avec des lots/numéros de série en tenant compte de tous "
|
||
"les produits, vous pouvez scanner le code-barres du lot/numéro de série et "
|
||
"Odoo augmentera la quantité du produit en définissant son numéro de "
|
||
"lot/série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez le même numéro de lot/série pour différents produits, vous "
|
||
"pouvez procéder en scannant d'abord le code-barres du produit, puis le code-"
|
||
"barres du numéro de lot/série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un transfert à partir de l'application *Code-barres*, vous devez "
|
||
"d'abord imprimer les codes-barres du type d'opération. Pour cela, vous "
|
||
"pouvez télécharger la *feuille de codes-barres de stock* depuis la page "
|
||
"d'accueil de l'application."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez scanner celui pour lequel vous voulez créer "
|
||
"un nouveau document. Ensuite, un document vide sera créé et vous pourrez "
|
||
"scanner vos produits pour le remplir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer votre lecteur de codes-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est assez facile de commencer à scanner des codes-barres dans Odoo. "
|
||
"Cependant, une bonne expérience utilisateur repose sur une configuration "
|
||
"matérielle appropriée. Ce guide vous aidera à choisir et à configurer le "
|
||
"lecteur de codes-barres."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr "Trouver le lecteur de codes-barres qui correspond à vos besoins"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les 3 types de lecteurs de codes-barres recommandés à utiliser avec les "
|
||
"applications **Inventaire** et **Code-barres** d'Odoo sont les lecteurs "
|
||
"**USB**, **Bluetooth** et **d'ordinateur portable**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous scannez des produits à partir d'un ordinateur, le **lecteur USB** "
|
||
"est la meilleure option. Branchez-le simplement sur l'ordinateur pour lancer"
|
||
" la lecture. Assurez-vous simplement que le lecteur est compatible avec la "
|
||
"disposition de votre clavier ou qu'il peut être correctement configuré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le **lecteur Bluetooth** peut être branché sur un smartphone et une tablette"
|
||
" et est un bon choix si vous voulez être mobile sans faire des "
|
||
"investissements importants. Vous pouvez vous connecter à Odoo sur votre "
|
||
"smartphone, brancher le lecteur Bluetooth et travailler dans l'entrepôt avec"
|
||
" la possibilité de consulter votre smartphone de temps en temps et "
|
||
"d'utiliser le logiciel 'manuellement'."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour une utilisation intensive, le **lecteur d'ordinateur portable** est "
|
||
"l'option la plus pratique. Il s'agit d'un petit ordinateur avec un lecteur "
|
||
"de codes-barres intégré. Cette solution peut s'avérer très productive, mais "
|
||
"vous devez vous assurer qu'elle est capable de faire fonctionner Odoo sans "
|
||
"problème. Les modèles les plus récents utilisant Android + Google Chrome ou "
|
||
"Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile devraient faire l'affaire. Cependant, en "
|
||
"raison de la variété des modèles et des configurations sur le marché, il est"
|
||
" essentiel de le tester au préalable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer votre lecteur de codes-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Disposition du clavier"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un lecteur de codes-barres USB doit être configuré pour utiliser la même "
|
||
"disposition de clavier que votre système d'exploitation. Sinon, votre "
|
||
"lecteur ne traduira pas correctement les caractères (en remplaçant un 'A' "
|
||
"par un 'Q', par exemple). La plupart des lecteurs sont configurés en "
|
||
"scannant le code-barres approprié dans le manuel d'utilisation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, Odoo a un délai de 50 millisecondes entre chaque scan successif "
|
||
"(cela permet d'éviter un double scan accidentel). Si vous voulez supprimer "
|
||
"ce délai, vous pouvez configurer votre lecteur pour qu'il insère un retour à"
|
||
" la ligne à la fin de chaque code-barres. Il s'agit généralement de la "
|
||
"configuration par défaut et il peut être configuré explicitement en scannant"
|
||
" un code-barres spécifique dans le manuel de l'utilisateur ('CR suffix ON', "
|
||
"'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Activer les codes-barres dans Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les fonctionnalités de lecture des codes-barres peuvent vous faire gagner un"
|
||
" temps considérable, habituellement perdu à alterner entre le clavier, la "
|
||
"souris et le lecteur. En attribuant correctement des codes-barres aux "
|
||
"produits, aux emplacements de retrait, etc., vous pouvez travailler plus "
|
||
"efficacement en contrôlant le logiciel presque exclusivement avec le lecteur"
|
||
" de codes-barres."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, vous devez d'abord activer la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité *Code-barres* via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Paramètres "
|
||
"--> Lecteur de codes-barres`. Une fois que vous avez coché la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité, vous pouvez cliquer sur sauvegarder."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer les codes-barres des produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement attribuer des codes-barres à vos différents produits "
|
||
"via l'application *Inventaire*. Pour ce faire, allez aux "
|
||
":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Configurer les codes-barres des produits`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, vous avez la possibilité d'attribuer des codes-barres à vos "
|
||
"produits sur la fiche produit directement lors de la création de ce produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Veillez à ajouter les codes-barres directement sur les variantes du produit "
|
||
"et non sur le modèle du produit. Sinon, vous ne serez pas en mesure de les "
|
||
"différencier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer les codes-barres des emplacements"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous gérez plusieurs emplacements, il peut être utile d'attribuer un "
|
||
"code-barres à chaque emplacement et de le coller sur l'emplacement. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez configurer les codes-barres des emplacements dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement imprimer le code-barres que vous attribuez aux "
|
||
"emplacements via le menu *Imprimer*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr "Formats des codes-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La plupart des produits de détail utilisent des codes-barres EAN-13. Ils ne "
|
||
"peuvent pas être inventés sans autorisation. Vous devez payer une redevance "
|
||
"à l'International Article Numbering Association pour obtenir une séquence de"
|
||
" codes EAN."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Néanmoins, comme Odoo prend en charge n'importe quelle chaîne de caractères "
|
||
"en tant que code-barres, vous pouvez toujours définir votre propre format de"
|
||
" code-barres pour un usage interne."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
|
||
msgstr "Ajustements d'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
|
||
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
|
||
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, "
|
||
"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must"
|
||
" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts "
|
||
"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans tout système de gestion d'entrepôt, les inventaires virtuels dans la "
|
||
"base de données ne correspondent pas toujours aux inventaires réels dans "
|
||
"l'entrepôt. L'écart entre les deux quantités peut être dû à des vols, des "
|
||
"dommages, des erreurs humaines ou d'autres facteurs. Ainsi, des ajustements "
|
||
"d'inventaire doivent être effectués pour réconcilier l'écart et s'assurer "
|
||
"que les quantités enregistrées dans la base de données correspondent aux "
|
||
"quantités réelles dans l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, il est possible d'accéder aux ajustements d'inventaire en allant "
|
||
"à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are "
|
||
"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La page :guilabel:`Ajustements d'inventaire` montre tous les produits qui "
|
||
"sont actuellement en stock. Chaque ligne contient les informations suivantes"
|
||
" :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Numéro de lot/série`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Quantité disponible`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Add a new line"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle ligne"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter une ligne d'ajustement d'inventaire, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer` et complétez les champs :guilabel:`Produit` et "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité comptée`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the "
|
||
"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À ce stade, la quantité comptée est enregistrée, mais pas encore "
|
||
"*appliquée*. Cela signifie que la quantité disponible n'est pas encore mise "
|
||
"à jour pour correspondre à la nouvelle :guilabel:`Quantité comptée`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on "
|
||
"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered "
|
||
"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour appliquer la nouvelle :guilabel:`Quantité comptée`, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Appliquer` sur la ligne ou le bouton :guilabel:`Appliquer à "
|
||
"toutes` en haut de la page. Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer à "
|
||
"toutes`, vous pouvez saisir une référence ou une raison avant de cliquer sur"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Appliquer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
|
||
"specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'option Appliquer à toutes applique l'ajustement d'inventaire dès qu'une "
|
||
"raison est précisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Count products"
|
||
msgstr "Compter des produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
|
||
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
|
||
"product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le comptage des produits est une activité récurrente dans un entrepôt. Dès "
|
||
"qu'un comptage est terminé, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire` pour mettre à jour la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité comptée` pour chaque ligne de produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the "
|
||
"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si une quantité comptée correspond à la :guilabel:`Quantité disponible` "
|
||
"enregistrée dans la base de données, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Copier`, ce qui "
|
||
"copiera la valeur dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité disponible` et la "
|
||
"collera dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité comptée`. Un mouvement avec une "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité faite` de `0.00` sera enregistré dans l'historique des "
|
||
"ajustements d'inventaire du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the"
|
||
" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un comptage ne correspond *pas* à la :guilabel:`Quantité disponible` "
|
||
"enregistrée dans la base de données, saisissez le nombre dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité comptée`. Lorsque vous cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Appliquer`, un mouvement avec la différence entre la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité disponible` et la :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` sera "
|
||
"enregistré dans l'historique des ajustements d'inventaire du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
|
||
"moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tableau de bord de l'historique des ajustements d'inventaire détaillant une "
|
||
"liste des mouvements de produit antérieurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away."
|
||
" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment,"
|
||
" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in "
|
||
"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted "
|
||
"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before"
|
||
" applying the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un comptage a parfois lieu, mais ne peut pas être immédiatement appliqué "
|
||
"dans la base de données. Entre le comptage réel et l'application de "
|
||
"l'ajustement d'inventaire, des mouvements de produit peuvent avoir lieu. "
|
||
"Dans ce cas, la :guilabel:`Quantité disponible` dans la base de données peut"
|
||
" changer et ne correspondra pas à la quantité comptée. Par mesure de "
|
||
"précaution supplémentaire, Odoo demandera une confirmation avant d'appliquer"
|
||
" l'ajustement d'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Plan counts"
|
||
msgstr "Programmer les comptages"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque ligne d'ajustement d'inventaire contient les informations suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date prévue` : la date à laquelle un comptage doit être effectué."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Utilisateur` : la personne en charge du comptage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be "
|
||
"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by "
|
||
"opening the column options icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date à laquelle les ajustements seront "
|
||
"comptabilisés. La colonne est masquée par défaut, mais peut être rendue "
|
||
"visible en ouvrant l'icône des options de colonne."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are "
|
||
"scheduled for today or earlier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application Code-barres, les utilisateurs peuvent uniquement "
|
||
"consulter les comptages qui leur sont assignés et qui sont programmés pour "
|
||
"aujourd'hui ou avant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a "
|
||
"Count` and fill in the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour programmes des comptages importants, sélectionnez les lignes de produit"
|
||
" souhaitées sur la page :guilabel:`Ajustements d'inventaire`. Cliquez "
|
||
"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Demander un comptage` et complétez les informations "
|
||
"suivantes : "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Date d'inventaire` : la date prévue du comptage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Utilisateur` : l'utilisateur en charge du comptage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
|
||
" be accounted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date à laquelle l'ajustement d'inventaire "
|
||
"sera comptabilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product"
|
||
" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On "
|
||
"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the "
|
||
"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Comptage` : pour laisser vide la :guilabel:`Quantité disponible` "
|
||
"de chaque ligne de produit, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Laisser vide`. Pour "
|
||
"réremplir la :guilabel:`Quantité disponible` de chaque ligne de produit avec"
|
||
" la valeur actuelle enregistrée dans la base de données, sélectionnez "
|
||
":guilabel:`Copier la quantité actuelle`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour demander le comptage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for"
|
||
" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the "
|
||
"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual "
|
||
"Inventory Day and Month` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, après l'application d'un ajustement d'inventaire, la date prévue"
|
||
" pour le prochain comptage est le 31 décembre de l'année en cours. Pour "
|
||
"modifier la date prévue par défaut, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations` et changez la date dans le "
|
||
"paramètre :guilabel:`Jour et mois d'inventaire annuel`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
|
||
" setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajouter la prochaine date d'inventaire grâce au paramètre Jour et mois "
|
||
"d'inventaire annuel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cycle counts"
|
||
msgstr "Comptages cycliques"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
|
||
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
|
||
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
|
||
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la plupart des entreprises, l'inventaire n'est compté qu'une fois par "
|
||
"an. C'est pourquoi, après avoir effectué un ajustement d'inventaire dans "
|
||
"Odoo, la prochaine date prévue du comptage est par défaut fixée au 31 "
|
||
"décembre. Cependant, pour certaines entreprises, il est essentiel d'avoir un"
|
||
" inventaire précis à tout moment."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
|
||
"counting more often at key locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'objectif des comptages cycliques est de maintenir des niveaux de stock "
|
||
"critiques exacts en effectuant plus de comptages aux endroits clés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
|
||
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les comptages cycliques sont basés sur l'emplacement. La "
|
||
"fréquence des comptages est définie sur l'emplacement de stockage. Pour "
|
||
"activer les emplacements de stockage, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt` et activez le paramètre "
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le paramètre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
|
||
msgstr "Activer les emplacements de stockage dans les paramètres d'Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
|
||
msgstr "Changer la fréquence de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
|
||
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire d'un emplacement, allez d'abord "
|
||
"aux emplacements en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Emplacements`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
|
||
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
|
||
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
|
||
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
|
||
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
|
||
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
|
||
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez ensuite sur un emplacement pour ouvrir ses paramètres. Ensuite "
|
||
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Définissez le nombre de jours dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`. Par exemple, pour un "
|
||
"emplacement dont l'inventaire doit être compté tous les 30 jours, la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)` doit être `30`. Une fois cette"
|
||
" valeur saisie, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le "
|
||
"paramètre à l'emplacement. À présent, dès qu'un ajustement d'inventaire est "
|
||
"effectué à cet emplacement, la prochaine date prévue sera automatiquement "
|
||
"fixée en fonction du nombre de jours défini dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
|
||
msgstr "Éditer un emplacement pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Lots et numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introduction"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les lots et les numéros de série ont des similitudes dans leur "
|
||
"système fonctionnel, mais sont différents dans leur comportement. Ils sont "
|
||
"tous deux gérés dans les applications **Inventaire**, **Achats** et "
|
||
"**Ventes**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Lots** correspondent à un certain nombre de produits que vous recevez "
|
||
"et stockez ensemble dans un seul emballage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Numéros de série** sont des numéros d’identification donnés à un "
|
||
"produit en particulier, pour permettre de suivre l'historique de l'article "
|
||
"depuis sa réception à sa livraison et aux services après-vente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "Quand les utiliser"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Lots** sont intéressants pour les produits que vous recevez en grande "
|
||
"quantité et pour lesquels un numéro de lot peut être utile dans les "
|
||
"rapports, les contrôles qualité ou toute autre information. Les lots "
|
||
"permettent d'identifier un nombre de pièces présentant par exemple un défaut"
|
||
" de production. Cela peut être utile pour une production par lot de "
|
||
"vêtements ou de denrées alimentaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Numéros de série** sont intéressants pour les articles qui pourraient "
|
||
"nécessiter un service après-vente, tels que les smartphones, les ordinateurs"
|
||
" portables, les réfrigérateurs et tout autre appareil électronique. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez utiliser le numéro de série du fabricant ou le vôtre, selon la "
|
||
"manière dont vous gérez ces produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "Quand ne pas les utiliser"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le stockage de produits consommables tels que du papier de cuisine, du "
|
||
"papier toilette, des stylos et des blocs de papier en lots n'a aucun sens, "
|
||
"car il y a très peu de chances que vous puissiez les retourner pour un "
|
||
"défaut de production."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"D'autre part, attribuer un numéro de série à chaque produit est une tâche "
|
||
"fastidieuse qui n'aura de sens que dans le cas d'articles bénéficiant d'une "
|
||
"garantie et/ou d'un service après-vente. L'attribution d'un numéro de série "
|
||
"à un pain, par exemple, n'a aucun sens."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration Dates"
|
||
msgstr "Dates d'expiration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and "
|
||
"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid "
|
||
"selling expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans de nombreuses entreprises, les produits ont des dates d'expiration et "
|
||
"ils doivent être gérés en fonction de ces dates. Dans l'industrie "
|
||
"alimentaire, par exemple, le suivi et la gestion du stock de produits en "
|
||
"fonction des dates d'expiration sont obligatoires pour éviter de vendre des "
|
||
"produits périmés aux clients."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration "
|
||
"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez suivre et gérer vos produits en fonction de leur date"
|
||
" d'expiration, même s'ils sont déjà suivis par lots ou par numéros de série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de l'application"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser le suivi par date d'expiration, ouvrez l'application "
|
||
"*Inventaire* et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et "
|
||
"activez les fonctionnalités *Lots & Numéros de série* et *Dates "
|
||
"d'expiration*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration du produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product "
|
||
"form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À présent, vous pouvez définir différentes dates dans l'onglet *inventaire* "
|
||
"de la fiche produit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, "
|
||
"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Date d'expiration : le nombre de jours avant que les marchandises commencent"
|
||
" à se détériorer, sans être dangereuses. Il est utilisé pour calculer la "
|
||
"Date limite d'utilisation optimale de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous "
|
||
"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Durée de vie : le nombre de jours avant que les marchandises ne deviennent "
|
||
"dangereuses et ne doivent être consommées. Il est utilisé pour calculer la "
|
||
"Date d'expiration de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each "
|
||
"lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Date de retrait : indique le nombre de jours avant que les marchandises ne "
|
||
"doivent être retirées du stock. Il est utilisé pour calculer la Date de "
|
||
"retrait de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on"
|
||
" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an "
|
||
"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible "
|
||
"user defined on the Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Date d'alerte : indique le nombre de jours avant qu'une alerte ne soit "
|
||
"déclenchée pour le lot/numéro de série. Il est utilisé pour calculer la Date"
|
||
" d'alerte de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu. Une fois que la date d'alerte "
|
||
"est atteinte, une activité est assignée sur le lot/numéro de série pertinent"
|
||
" à l'utilisateur responsable défini sur le produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Date d'expiration sur les lots/numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be "
|
||
"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based "
|
||
"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la réception d'un produit dans l'inventaire, les dates seront "
|
||
"automatiquement mises à jour sur le lot/numéro de série correspondant. Ces "
|
||
"mises à jour seront basées sur la date de réception du produit et les jours "
|
||
"définis sur la fiche produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Alertes d'expiration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the"
|
||
" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded "
|
||
"their respective alert dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez accéder aux alertes d'expiration depuis l'application "
|
||
"*Inventaire*. Allez à :menuselection:`Données de base --> Lots/Numéros de "
|
||
"série`. Là, vous pouvez utiliser le filtre préexistant pour afficher tous "
|
||
"les lots/numéros de série qui ont dépassé leurs dates d'alerte respectives."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer des lots de produits identiques"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
|
||
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les lots sont utiles pour les produits que vous recevez en grande quantité "
|
||
"et pour lesquels un numéro de lot peut être utile dans les rapports, les "
|
||
"contrôles qualité ou toute autre information. Les lots permettent "
|
||
"d'identifier un nombre de pièces présentant un défaut de production par "
|
||
"exemple. Cela peut être utile pour une production par lot de vêtements ou de"
|
||
" denrées alimentaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo propose la possibilité de gérer des lots, assurant ainsi la conformité "
|
||
"avec les exigences de traçabilité imposées pour la majorité des secteurs "
|
||
"d'activité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La gestion à double entrée dans Odoo vous permet de gérer une traçabilité "
|
||
"très avancée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Setting Up"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Application Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de l'application"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
|
||
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez d'abord activer le suivi des numéros de lot. Pour ce faire, allez"
|
||
" à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la"
|
||
" case *Lots & Numéros de série*. Cliquez ensuite sur sauvegarder."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration du produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À présent, vous devez configurer quels produits vous voulez suivre par "
|
||
"numéros de série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
|
||
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
|
||
"inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Données de base --> Produits` et ouvrez le produit "
|
||
"de votre choix. Cliquez ensuite sur *Éditer* et sélectionnez *Par lots* dans"
|
||
" l'onglet inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Manage Lots"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer des lots"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
|
||
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour recevoir un produit suivi par lots, vous devez indiquer ses numéros de "
|
||
"lot. Vous disposez de plusieurs possibilités pour le faire :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Assigner manuellement les différents numéros de lot"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "Copier/coller les numéros de lot depuis un fichier Excel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez d'abord ouvrir les opérations détaillées de votre transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
|
||
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En ouvrant les opérations détaillées, vous pouvez cliquer sur *Ajouter une "
|
||
"ligne*. Vous pourrez ensuite compléter le numéro de lot. Cliquez ensuite à "
|
||
"nouveau sur *Ajouter une ligne* pour enregistrer un nouveau numéro de lot."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "Copier/coller un numéro de lot depuis un fichier Excel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
|
||
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
|
||
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
|
||
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
|
||
"contained in each one of the lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez la feuille de calcul contenant les numéros de lot que vous avez reçus"
|
||
" de votre fournisseur et copiez la liste. Vous pouvez ensuite coller la "
|
||
"liste dans la colonne *Nom du lot/numéro de série* pour que Odoo puisse "
|
||
"créer automatiquement les lignes nécessaires. Ensuite, vous devez saisir "
|
||
"manuellement le nombre de produits contenus dans chacun des lots."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Operation Types"
|
||
msgstr "Types d'opérations"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
|
||
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Bien sûr, vous avez la possibilité de définir comment vous allez gérer les "
|
||
"lots pour chaque type d'opération. Pour le définir, allez à l'application "
|
||
"*Inventaire* et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Types "
|
||
"d'opérations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
|
||
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
|
||
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
|
||
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
|
||
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
|
||
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour chaque type (réceptions, transferts internes, livraisons,...), vous "
|
||
"pouvez décider si vous autorisez la création de nouveaux numéros de lots ou "
|
||
"uniquement l'utilisation de numéros existants. Par défaut, la création de "
|
||
"nouveaux lots n'est autorisée qu'à la réception du produit et l'utilisation "
|
||
"de numéros de lot existants n'est pas autorisée dans cette opération. Si "
|
||
"vous avez des transferts entre entrepôts et si vous suivez les produits par "
|
||
"lots, il peut être utile d'autoriser l'utilisation de numéros de lot "
|
||
"existants dans les réceptions également."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Traçabilité des lots"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
|
||
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le numéro de lot attribué aux produits vous permet de suivre l'endroit où "
|
||
"les produits ont été reçus, mis en stock, à qui ils ont été vendus et où ils"
|
||
" ont été expédiés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
|
||
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
|
||
"your search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour suivre un article, ouvrez le module *Inventaire* et, dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Données de base --> Lots/Numéros de série`, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"numéro de lot correspondant à votre recherche."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
|
||
" lot number has been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En ouvrant les informations relatives à *Traçabilité*, vous verrez dans "
|
||
"quels documents le numéro de lot a été utilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
|
||
"*Location* stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À présent, si vous voulez localiser le numéro de lot, vous pouvez le faire "
|
||
"en cliquant sur le bouton *Emplacement*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Travailler avec des numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
|
||
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
|
||
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
|
||
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
|
||
"last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour suivre les produits avec des numéros de série, vous pouvez utiliser le "
|
||
"suivi des numéros de série. Vous pouvez ainsi suivre l'emplacement actuel du"
|
||
" produit et, lorsque les produits sont déplacés d'un emplacement à un autre,"
|
||
" le système identifiera automatiquement l'emplacement actuel du produit, en "
|
||
"fonction de son dernier déplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
|
||
"entry management is the feature you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez les appliquer ou exécuter une traçabilité très avancée, la "
|
||
"gestion à double entrée d'Odoo est la fonctionnalité dont vous avez besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configurations"
|
||
msgstr "Configurations"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
|
||
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez d'abord activer le suivi des numéros de série. Pour ce faire, "
|
||
"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` dans l'application "
|
||
"*Inventaire*. Activez ensuite la fonctionnalité et cliquez sur sauvegarder."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
|
||
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
|
||
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À présent, vous devez configurer les produits que vous voulez suivre par "
|
||
"numéros de série. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Données de base -->"
|
||
" Produits` et ouvrez le produit de votre choix. Éditez-le et sélectionnez "
|
||
"*Par numéro de série unique* dans l'onglet *Inventaire*. Cliquez ensuite sur"
|
||
" sauvegarder. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
|
||
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour recevoir un produit qui est suivi par numéro de série, vous devez "
|
||
"indiquer son numéro de série. Vous disposez bien entendu de plusieurs "
|
||
"possibilités pour le faire : "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation"
|
||
msgstr "Assignation manuelle"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Multi-assignation"
|
||
msgstr "Assignation multiple"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "Copier/copier depuis un fichier Excel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
|
||
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quelle que soit votre méthode préférée pour assigner des numéros de série, "
|
||
"vous devez d'abord ouvrir les opérations détaillées de votre transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Assignation manuelle des différents numéros de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
|
||
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En ouvrant les opérations détaillées, vous pouvez cliquer sur *Ajouter une "
|
||
"ligne*. Vous pourrez ensuite compléter le champ numéro de série. Cliquez "
|
||
"ensuite à nouveau sur *Ajouter une ligne* pour enregistrer un nouveau numéro"
|
||
" de série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
|
||
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
|
||
"number to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En utilisant l'assignation multiple des numéros de série, Odoo créera "
|
||
"automatiquement les lignes nécessaires. Pour ce faire, vous devez saisir le "
|
||
"premier numéro de série de votre ensemble et le nombre de produits auxquels "
|
||
"vous devez assigner un numéro de série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que c'est fait, cliquez sur *Assigner des numéros de série* et Odoo"
|
||
" s'occupe du reste."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
|
||
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
|
||
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
|
||
" need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser le copier/coller, ouvrez la feuille de calcul qui contient les"
|
||
" numéros de série reçus et copiez la liste. Ensuite, collez-la dans la "
|
||
"colonne *Nom de lot/numéro de série* de l'assistant. Odoo créera alors "
|
||
"automatiquement les lignes dont vous avez besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Operation types"
|
||
msgstr "Types d'opérations"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
|
||
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous avez également la possibilité de définir comment vous allez gérer les "
|
||
"lots pour chaque type d'opération. Pour le définir, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'opérations` dans l'application "
|
||
"*Inventaire*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
|
||
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
|
||
"allowed at product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour chaque type, vous pouvez décider si vous autorisez la création de "
|
||
"nouveaux numéros de lots ou si vous voulez utiliser des numéros existants. "
|
||
"Par défaut, la création de nouveaux lots est uniquement autorisée à la "
|
||
"réception des produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous devez effectuer des transferts entre entrepôts et vous suivez les "
|
||
"produits par lots, il peut être utile d'autoriser l'utilisation de numéros "
|
||
"de lot existants dans les réceptions également."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Traçabilité par numéro de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
|
||
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'utilisation des numéros de série vous permet de suivre l'endroit où les "
|
||
"produits ont été reçus, mis en stock, à qui ils ont été vendus et où ils ont"
|
||
" été expédiés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
|
||
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
|
||
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
|
||
"been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le suivi d'un article est facile : ouvrez l'application *Inventaire* et "
|
||
"allez à:menuselection:`Données de base --> Lots/Numéros de série` et cliquez"
|
||
" sur le numéro de série correspondant à votre recherche. Ensuite, ouvrez les"
|
||
" informations relatives à la *Traçabilité*. Vous y verrez dans quels "
|
||
"documents le numéro de série a été utilisé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
|
||
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Et si vous voulez localiser un numéro de série, vous pouvez le faire en "
|
||
"cliquant sur le bouton *Emplacement* disponible sur le formulaire du numéro "
|
||
"de série."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations diverses"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter les transferts par lot"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le transfert par lot permet à un seul préparateur de traiter un lot de "
|
||
"commandes, réduisant ainsi le nombre de fois où il doit se rendre au même "
|
||
"endroit. Dans Odoo, cela signifie que vous pouvez regrouper plusieurs "
|
||
"transferts dans un même transfert par lot, puis le traiter, soit via "
|
||
"l'application Code-barres, soit dans la vue formulaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un transfert par lot"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour activer l'option de transfert par lot, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez "
|
||
"*Transferts par lot*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
|
||
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue des paramètres de l'inventaire. Processus pour activer l'option de "
|
||
"transfert par lot dans l'application Odoo Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez ensuite à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts par"
|
||
" lot` et cliquez sur le bouton Créer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
|
||
msgstr "Vue du nouveau menu, transferts par lot, sous opérations"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétez ici le responsable du transfert par lot et le type d'opération que"
|
||
" vous voulez inclure dans le lot. Pour ajouter les types de transfert, "
|
||
"cliquez sur *Ajouter une ligne*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'un formulaire de transfert par lot"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'exemple suivant, un filtre a été appliqué pour ne voir que les "
|
||
"transferts qui se trouvent dans l'étape *Pick*. Ensuite, les différents "
|
||
"transferts qui devaient être inclus dans le transfert par lot ont été "
|
||
"sélectionnés. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
|
||
"to the batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de la liste des transferts à choisir pour un seul transfert par lot et comment les ajouter\n"
|
||
"au transfert par lot"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir les produits à choisir pour les différents transferts, cliquez sur"
|
||
" *Sélectionner*. Si les *Emplacements multiples* ont été activés, le "
|
||
"document montre également les emplacements à partir desquels ils ont été "
|
||
"réservés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
|
||
" locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue d'une liste de transfert par lot. Les produits à choisir avec leurs "
|
||
"emplacements source et destination"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un transfert par lot depuis la vue de la liste des transferts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depuis la *vue de la liste des transferts*, sélectionnez les transferts qui "
|
||
"devraient être inclus dans le lot. Ensuite, sélectionnez *Ajouter au lot* "
|
||
"dans la liste *Action*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
|
||
"list view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du processus pour ajouter des transferts à un transfert par lot depuis "
|
||
"la vue de la liste des transferts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, déterminez si vous voulez ajouter les transferts à un transfert par"
|
||
" lot brouillon existant ou si vous voulez en créer un nouveau."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Option pour ajouter un responsable à un transfert par lot pour qu'il puisse "
|
||
"être confirmé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter un transfert par lot"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pendant le rassemblement des produits, vous pouvez modifier le transfert par"
|
||
" lot et mettre à jour la *Quantité faite* pour chaque produit. Une fois que "
|
||
"tout a été prélevé, cliquer sur *Valider* pour que les différents transferts"
|
||
" contenus dans le lot soient également validés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'un transfert par lot en cours"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tous les produits ne peuvent pas être prélevés, vous pouvez créer des "
|
||
"reliquats pour chaque transfert individuel qui n'a pas pu être entièrement "
|
||
"traité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
|
||
"of a batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment traiter des transferts par lot avec des produits indisponibles. création d'un reliquat au sein\n"
|
||
"d'un transfert par lot."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de comment les reliquats sont traités dans les transferts par lot dans "
|
||
"Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter un transfert par lot depuis l'application Code-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez l'application *Code-barres* et sélectionnez le menu *Transferts par "
|
||
"lot*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
|
||
msgstr "Vue du tableau de bord de l'application Code-barres d'Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ensuite ouvrir le transfert par lot sur lequel vous voulez "
|
||
"travailler. Les transferts par lot peuvent facilement être regroupés par "
|
||
"responsable si nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du tableau de bord des transferts par lot de l'application Code-barres"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le transfert par lot, les produits sont classés par emplacement. Le "
|
||
"document d'origine est affiché sur chaque ligne et un code couleur permet de"
|
||
" les différencier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue d'un transfert par lot en cours avec l'application Code-barres d'Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir les produits à prélever dans un autre emplacement, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton *Suivant*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
|
||
"application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue d'un transfert par lot prêt et terminé dans l'application Code-barres "
|
||
"d'Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que tous les produits ont été prélevés, cliquez sur *Valider* (sur "
|
||
"la dernière page) pour marquer le transfert par lot comme fait."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
|
||
msgstr "Consignation : acheter et vendre du stock sans le posséder"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
|
||
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
|
||
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
|
||
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
|
||
"*consignment*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La plupart du temps, les produits stockés dans l'entrepôt d'une entreprise "
|
||
"sont soit achetés à des fournisseurs, soit fabriqués en interne. Cependant, "
|
||
"les fournisseurs permettent parfois aux entreprises de stocker et de vendre "
|
||
"des produits dans leur entrepôt, sans avoir à acheter ces articles au "
|
||
"préalable. C'est ce qu'on appelle la *consignation*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
|
||
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
|
||
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
|
||
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
|
||
"products they don't actually own."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La consignation est un moyen utile pour les fournisseurs de lancer de "
|
||
"nouveaux produits et de les livrer facilement à leurs clients. C'est "
|
||
"également un excellent moyen pour l'entreprise qui stocke les produits (le "
|
||
"consignataire) de gagner quelque chose en retour pour ses efforts. Les "
|
||
"consignataires peuvent même facturer des frais pour la commodité du stockage"
|
||
" des produits qu'ils ne possèdent pas réellement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
|
||
msgstr "Activer le paramètre Consignation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
|
||
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour recevoir, stocker et vendre des produits en consignation, la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité doit être activée dans les paramètres. Pour ce faire, allez à"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et dans la "
|
||
"section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`, cochez la case à côté de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Consignation` et cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour"
|
||
" terminer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le paramètre de consignation activé dans la configuration d'Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr "Recevoir (et stocker) des produits en consignation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
|
||
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois la fonctionnalité activée dans Odoo, les produits en consignation "
|
||
"peuvent désormais être réceptionnés dans un entrepôt. À partir du tableau de"
|
||
" bord principal d':menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Réceptions` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
|
||
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
|
||
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
|
||
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le stock en consignation n'est pas réellement acheté au fournisseur ; il est"
|
||
" simplement réceptionné et stocké. C'est pourquoi la réception de produits "
|
||
"en consignation n'implique ni devis, ni bon de commande. Par conséquent, "
|
||
"*chaque* réception de stock en consignation commencera par la création de "
|
||
"réceptions manuelles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
|
||
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez un fournisseur à saisir dans le champ :guilabel:`Recevoir de` et "
|
||
"choisissez ensuite le même fournisseur à saisir dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assigner un propriétaire`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
|
||
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
|
||
"must match."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puisque les produits reçus du fournisseur appartiennent au même fournisseur,"
|
||
" les champs :guilabel:`Recevoir de` et :guilabel:`Assigner un propriétaire` "
|
||
"doivent correspondre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
|
||
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
|
||
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
|
||
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que les champs liés au fournisseurs sont complétés, saisissez les "
|
||
"produits dans les lignes :guilabel:`Produit` et définissez les quantités à "
|
||
"recevoir dans l'entrepôt dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait`. Si la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Unité de mesure` est activée, l':abbr:`UdM (Unité "
|
||
"de mesure)` peut également être modifiée. Une fois que le stock en "
|
||
"consignation a été reçu, :guilabel:`validez` la réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Correspondance des champs des fournisseurs lors de la création d'une "
|
||
"réception de produits en consignation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr "Vendre et livrer un stock en consignation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
|
||
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
|
||
"option enabled on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que le stock en consignation a été reçu dans l'entrepôt, il peut "
|
||
"être vendu de la même manière que tout autre produit en stock pour lequel "
|
||
"l'option :guilabel:`Peut être vendu` est activée sur la fiche produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
|
||
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes` et, "
|
||
"dans la vue d'ensemble des :guilabel:`Devis`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."
|
||
" Ensuite, choisissez un client à saisir dans le champ :guilabel:`Client`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
|
||
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le :guilabel:`Client` *doit* être différent du :guilabel:`Fournisseur` qui a"
|
||
" fourni le stock en consignation reçu (et stocké) dans l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
|
||
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
|
||
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajoutez le produit en consignation dans la colonne :guilabel:`Produit` des "
|
||
"lignes de commande, définissez la :guilabel:`Quantité` et complétez tous les"
|
||
" autres détails pertinents sur le produit dans le formulaire. Une fois le "
|
||
"devis terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
|
||
msgstr "Commande d'un stock en consignation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
|
||
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
|
||
" to validate the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois la demande de prix confirmée, elle se transforme en commande. À "
|
||
"partir de là, les produits peuvent être livrés en cliquant sur le bouton "
|
||
"intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` et en sélectionnant :guilabel:`Valider` "
|
||
"pour confirmer la livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr "Traçabilité et analyse du stock en consignation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
|
||
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
|
||
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Même si le stock en consignation appartient au vendeur qui l'a fourni et non"
|
||
" à l'entreprise qui le stocke dans son entrepôt, les produits en "
|
||
"consignation apparaîtront *tout de même* dans certains rapports "
|
||
"d'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
|
||
"and choose a report to view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour trouver les rapports d'inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
|
||
"--> Analyse` et choisissez un rapport à afficher."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
|
||
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
|
||
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puisque le consignataire ne possède pas réellement le stock en consignation,"
|
||
" ces produits ne figurent *pas* dans le rapport de :guilabel:`Valorisation "
|
||
"de stock` et n'ont aucun impact sur la valorisation d'inventaire du "
|
||
"consignataire. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Product moves report"
|
||
msgstr "Rapport sur les mouvements de produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
|
||
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
|
||
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
|
||
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher toutes les informations relatives aux mouvements de stock, "
|
||
"allez au tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Mouvements de produits` en allant à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Mouvements de stock`. En ce qui "
|
||
"concerne les produits en consignation, les informations contenues dans ce "
|
||
"rapport sont les mêmes que pour tout autre produit : l'historique des "
|
||
"mouvements de produits peut être consulté ; la :guilabel:`quantité faite` et"
|
||
" le document de :guilabel:`référence` sont disponibles, de même que ses "
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacements`. Le stock en consignation provient de "
|
||
"l':guilabel:`Emplacement partenaire/fournisseur`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
|
||
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
|
||
"finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher les mouvements d'un produit en consignation par propriétaire, "
|
||
"sélectionnez le filtre :guilabel:`Regrouper par`, choisissez le paramètre "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ajouter un groupe personnalisé` et sélectionnez ensuite "
|
||
":guilabel:`Propriétaire` et :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour terminer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
|
||
msgstr "Historique des mouvements d'un stock en consignation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir les unités prévues du stock en consignation, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Inventaire planifié`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Stock on hand report"
|
||
msgstr "Rapport sur le stock disponible"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
|
||
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
|
||
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
|
||
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Affichez le tableau de bord du :guilabel:`Stock disponible` en allant à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Rapport d'inventaire`. Ce rapport"
|
||
" affiche les :guilabel:`Emplacements` de tous les stocks disponibles, ainsi "
|
||
"que les quantités par emplacement. Pour les produits en consignation, la "
|
||
"colonne :guilabel:`Propriétaire` sera remplie par le propriétaire de ces "
|
||
"produits ou par le fournisseur initial qui a fourni les produits en premier "
|
||
"lieu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter les transferts par vague"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
|
||
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
|
||
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
|
||
"be a better fit than the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Alors qu'un transfert par lot est un groupe de plusieurs transferts, un "
|
||
"**transfert par vague** ne contient que certaines parties de différents "
|
||
"transferts. Les deux méthodes sont utilisées pour préparer des commandes "
|
||
"dans un entrepôt et, selon la situation, une méthode peut être plus adaptée "
|
||
"que l'autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
|
||
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour traiter les commandes d'une catégorie de produits spécifique ou pour "
|
||
"aller chercher des produits qui se trouvent dans le même emplacement, les "
|
||
"transferts par vague sont parfaits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
|
||
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les transferts par vague sont en fait des transferts par lot avec"
|
||
" une étape supplémentaire : les transferts sont fractionnés avant d'être "
|
||
"regroupés dans un lot."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de créer un transfert par vague, les options :guilabel:`Transferts par"
|
||
" lot` et :guilabel:`Transferts par vague` doivent être activées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tout d'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres`. Dans la section :guilabel:`Opérations`, activez "
|
||
":guilabel:`Transferts par lot` et :guilabel:`Transferts par vague`. Cliquez "
|
||
"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer les paramètres."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue des paramètres d'Odoo Inventaire pour activer l'option des transferts "
|
||
"par vague."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Add products to a wave"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des produits à une vague"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
|
||
"products to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant que les paramètres sont activés, lancez un transfert par vague en"
|
||
" ajoutant des produits à une vague."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
|
||
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
|
||
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
|
||
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
|
||
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les transferts par vague ne peuvent contenir que des lignes de produit "
|
||
"provenant de transferts du même type d'opération. Pour afficher tous les "
|
||
"transferts et lignes de produit d'une opération spécifique, allez d'abord au"
|
||
" tableau de bord d':guilabel:`Inventaire` et localisez la carte du type "
|
||
"d'opération souhaité. Ouvrez ensuite les options (l'icône des trois points "
|
||
"dans le coin de la carte du type d'opération) et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Opérations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
|
||
msgstr "Comment obtenir la liste des opérations d'un type d'opération."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
|
||
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur la page des opérations, sélectionnez les lignes du produit que vous "
|
||
"voulez ajouter à une vague nouvelle ou existante. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ajouter à une vague`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionnez des lignes à ajouter à la vague."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
|
||
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilisez les :guilabel:`Filtres` dans la barre de recherche pour regrouper "
|
||
"les lignes avec le même produit, emplacement, transporteur, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
|
||
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
|
||
msgstr "Une fenêtre contextuelle apparaîtra ensuite."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
|
||
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter les lignes sélectionnées à un transfert par vague existant, "
|
||
"sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`un transfert par vague existant` et "
|
||
"sélectionnez le transfert par vague existant dans le menu déroulant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
|
||
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
|
||
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
|
||
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un nouveau transfert par vague, sélectionnez l'option "
|
||
":guilabel:`un nouveau transfert par vague`. Lors de la création d'un nouveau"
|
||
" transfert par vague, il est aussi possible de définir un employé dans le "
|
||
"champ optionnel :guilabel:`Responsable`. Une fois les options souhaitées "
|
||
"sélectionnées, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour ajouter les lignes de "
|
||
"produit à une vague."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
|
||
msgid "View wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Voir les transferts par vague"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
|
||
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir tous les transferts par vague et leurs statuts, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts par vague`. Il est "
|
||
"aussi possible de voir les transferts par vague dans l'application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Code-barres` en allant à :menuselection:`Code-barres --> "
|
||
"Transferts par lot`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planification"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr "Comment se calcule la date de livraison prévue"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Offrir le meilleur service possible aux clients est vital pour les "
|
||
"entreprises. Cela implique de planifier chaque geste : ordres de "
|
||
"fabrication, livraisons, réceptions, etc. Pour ce faire, vous devez "
|
||
"configurer correctement les délais et coordonner les dates prévues."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En utilisant des délais, Odoo fournit des dates de fin, la **date "
|
||
"d'engagement**, pour chaque processus. Sur une commande client, par exemple,"
|
||
" il s'agit de la date à laquelle votre client recevra les produits qu'il a "
|
||
"commandés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Côté client, la date d'engagement est importante, car elle lui donne une "
|
||
"estimation de la date à laquelle il recevra ses produits. La date prend en "
|
||
"compte tous les autres délais, comme la fabrication, la livraison ou les "
|
||
"fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment se calculent les délais ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme indiqué ci-dessus, il y a plusieurs types de délais. Chaque délai est "
|
||
"calculé en fonction de différents indicateurs. Avant de passer à la "
|
||
"configuration, voici un résumé succinct de la façon dont se calculent les "
|
||
"délais et de ce qu'ils sont : "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Délai de livraison au client** : le délai de livraison au client est la "
|
||
"durée par défaut que vous avez définie. Par conséquent, la date prévue sur "
|
||
"la commande client est aujourd'hui + le délai de livraison au client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Délai de sécurité pour les ventes** : l'objectif est d'être prêt à "
|
||
"expédier autant de jours avant l'engagement réel pris avec le client. La "
|
||
"date prévue par défaut sur le bon de livraison est donc **date de livraison "
|
||
"de la commande - délai de sécurité pour les ventes**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
|
||
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Délai de sécurité pour les achats** : marge d'erreur pour les délais des "
|
||
"fournisseurs. Quand le système génère des bons de commande pour l'achat de "
|
||
"produits, ceux-ci seront programmés autant de jours plus tôt pour faire face"
|
||
" aux retards imprévus des fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Délai de livraison des achats** : il s'agit du délai prévu entre la "
|
||
"confirmation d'un bon de commande et la réception des produits commandés. La"
|
||
" **date prévue de la réception - date de livraison du fournisseur** est la "
|
||
"date par défaut du *bon de commande*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Jours pour acheter** : nombre de jours que le service des achats prend "
|
||
"pour valider un bon de commande. Si une autre demande de prix au même "
|
||
"fournisseur est déjà ouverte, Odoo ajoute la ligne à la demande de prix "
|
||
"existante au lieu d'en créer une nouvelle. La date spécifique est ensuite "
|
||
"définie sur la ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Délai de fabrication** : il s'agit du temps prévu pour la fabrication d'un"
|
||
" produit. Ce délai est indépendant de la qualité à produire et ne prend pas "
|
||
"en compte le temps d'acheminement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Délai de sécurité de fabrication** : délai supplémentaire pour atténuer le"
|
||
" risque d'un retard de fabrication. Dans le cas d'un *Réapprovisionnement "
|
||
"sur commande*, la **Date prévue de livraison - Délai de fabrication - Délai "
|
||
"de sécurité de fabrication** est la date prévue par défaut de l'*Ordre de "
|
||
"fabrication*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Ventes - Délais"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application *Ventes*, il existe une option appelée *Date de "
|
||
"livraison*. Elle permet d'afficher un champ additionnel sur les commandes, "
|
||
"*Date prévue*. Celle-ci est automatiquement calculée en fonction des "
|
||
"différents délais précédemment configurés. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue des paramètres de livraison pour prendre en compte le délai de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la *Date de livraison* configurée est antérieure à la *Date prévue*, un "
|
||
"message d'avertissement s'affiche."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de l'erreur qui se produit lorsqu'on essaie de choisir une date antérieure à celle calculée\n"
|
||
"par Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mais, pour que tout cela fonctionne correctement, il est encore nécessaire "
|
||
"de configurer tous les délais qui pourraient se produire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Délai de livraison au client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le *Délai de livraison au client* est le temps nécessaire pour que votre "
|
||
"produit aille de votre entrepôt chez le client. Il peut être configuré sur "
|
||
"n'importe quel produit en allant à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> "
|
||
"Produits`. Ouvrez la fiche de votre produit, allez à l'onglet inventaire et "
|
||
"ajoutez votre *Délai de livraison au client*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de la configuration du délai de livraison au client sur la fiche produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, le produit B est commandé le 2 avril et le *Délai de livraison "
|
||
"au client* est de deux jours. La date de livraison prévue sera alors le 4 "
|
||
"avril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Délai de sécurité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En vente, le *Délai de sécurité* correspond à des jours de réserve pour "
|
||
"s'assurer que vous êtes en mesure de livrer les produits à temps. L'objectif"
|
||
" est d'être prêt à expédier plus tôt afin d'arriver à temps."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le nombre de jours de sécurité est soustrait du calcul pour calculer une "
|
||
"date prévue antérieure à celle promise au client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer ce délai, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonctionnalité *Délai de "
|
||
"sécurité pour les ventes*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de la configuration du délai de sécurité pour les ventes dans les "
|
||
"paramètres de vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, le produit B est prévu d'être livré le 6 avril et le *Délai de "
|
||
"sécurité* est de 1 jour. La date de livraison sur le bon de livraison sera "
|
||
"donc le 5 avril. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr "Livrer plusieurs produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les clients commandent souvent plusieurs produits à la fois. Ces produits "
|
||
"peuvent avoir des délais différents, mais doivent toujours être livrés, en "
|
||
"une seule fois ou séparément. Heureusement, Odoo peut vous aider à gérer ces"
|
||
" cas facilement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet *Autres informations* de votre *bon de commande*, vous pouvez "
|
||
"choisir entre *Quand tous les produits sont prêts* et *Dès que possible*. La"
|
||
" première option consiste à livrer tous les produits en une fois, tandis que"
|
||
" la seconde consiste à les livrer séparément."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, les produits A et B sont commandés en même temps. A a un délai "
|
||
"de 8 jours et B a un délai de 5 jours. Grâce à la première option, la *Date "
|
||
"prévue* est calculée en fonction du produit ayant le plus grand délai, A en "
|
||
"l'espèce. Si la commande est confirmée le 2 avril, la *Date prévue* sera le "
|
||
"10 avril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec la seconde option, la *Date prévue* est calculée en fonction du produit"
|
||
" avec le délai de livraison au client le plus court. Dans cet exemple, B est"
|
||
" le produit avec le plus petit délai, donc la *Date prévue* sera le 7 avril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Achats - Délais"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Délai fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le *Délai fournisseur* est le temps nécessaire pour qu'un produit que vous "
|
||
"avez acheté soit livré. Pour le configurer, ouvrez une fiche produit en "
|
||
"allant à :menuselection:`Achats --> Produits --> Produits` et ajoutez un "
|
||
"fournisseur dans l'onglet *Achat*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr "Vue de la manière d'ajouter des fournisseurs aux produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En cliquant sur *Ajouter une ligne*, une nouvelle fenêtre apparaît. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez y préciser le *Délai de livraison*. Si vous le faites, le jour de "
|
||
"livraison pour chaque achat de ce produit est maintenant égal à la *Date du "
|
||
"bon de commande + Délai de livraison*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de la configuration du délai de livraison sur la fiche fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est possible d'ajouter plusieurs fournisseurs et donc, différents délais "
|
||
"en fonction du fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le *Délai de sécurité* pour les achats suit la même logique que celui pour "
|
||
"les *Ventes*, sauf que vous êtes le client. Il s'agit alors de la marge "
|
||
"d'erreur de votre fournisseur pour livrer votre commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer le *Délai de sécurité* pour l'achat, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du délai de sécurité pour les achats dans les paramètres d'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque fois que le système génère des bons de commande, ils seront planifiés"
|
||
" autant de jours plus tôt pour faire face aux retards imprévus des "
|
||
"fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Fabrication - Délais"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Délai de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le *Délai de fabrication* est le temps nécessaire pour fabriquer le produit."
|
||
" Pour le définir, ouvrez l'onglet *Inventaire* de votre fiche produit et "
|
||
"ajoutez le nombre de jours nécessaires à la fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr "Vue de la configuration du délai de fabrication sur la fiche produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous travaillez avec des *Délais de fabrication*, le *début "
|
||
"d'échéance* de l'*ordre de fabrication* est **Date d'engagement - Délai de "
|
||
"fabrication**. Par exemple, la date de début de l'échéance de l'ordre de "
|
||
"fabrication pour une commande dont la date d'engagement est le 10 juillet, "
|
||
"est le 27 juin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le *Délai de sécurité* de fabrication permet de générer les ordres de "
|
||
"fabrication plus tôt pour faire face aux éventuels retards de fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour l'activer, allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres` et cochez *Délai de sécurité*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du délai de sécurité de fabrication dans les paramètres de l'application"
|
||
" Fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, un client commande un produit B avec une date de livraison "
|
||
"prévue le 20 juin. Le *Délai de fabrication* est de 14 jours et le *Délai de"
|
||
" sécurité* est de 3 jours, donc la fabrication de B doit être lancé au plus "
|
||
"tard le 3 juin, qui sera la date prévue de l'ordre de fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple global"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "Voici un exemple de configuration :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr "1 jour de délai de sécurité pour la vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "2 jours de délai de sécurité de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr "3 jours de délai de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "1 jour de délai de sécurité pour l'achat"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr "4 jours de délai fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Disons qu'un client commande un produit B le 1er septembre et que la "
|
||
"livraison est prévue dans les 20 jours (le 20 septembre). Dans ce scénario, "
|
||
"voici à quel moment les différentes étapes sont déclenchées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr "**1er septembre** : la commande client est créée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**10 septembre** : l'échéance pour commander les composants au fournisseur "
|
||
"en raison du processus de fabrication (4 jours de délai fournisseur)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**13 septembre** : la réception du produit du fournisseur (1 jour de délai "
|
||
"de sécurité pour l'achat)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**14 septembre** : la date de début de l'échéance pour la fabrication (le 19"
|
||
" septembre - 3 jours de délai de fabrication - 2 jours de délai de sécurité "
|
||
"de fabrication)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**19 septembre** : la date prévue sur le bon de livraison (1 jour de délai "
|
||
"de sécurité pour la vente)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Select a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr "Sélectionner une stratégie de réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering "
|
||
"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies "
|
||
"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the "
|
||
"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which"
|
||
" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery "
|
||
"processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, il existe deux stratégies de réassort de l'inventaire : **Règles "
|
||
"de réassort** et la route **Fabrication à la commande (MTO)**. Bien que ces "
|
||
"stratégies soient légèrement différentes, elles ont toutes deux des "
|
||
"conséquences similaires : déclencher la création automatique d'un bon de "
|
||
"commande ou de fabrication. La choix de la stratégie à utiliser dépend des "
|
||
"processus de fabrication et de livraison de l'entreprise."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "Terminologie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr "Rapport de réassort et règles de réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le rapport de réassort est une liste de tous les produits dont la quantité "
|
||
"prévue est négative."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of "
|
||
"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de réassort sont utilisées pour s'assurer qu'il y a toujours une "
|
||
"quantité minimale d'un produit en stock afin de fabriquer des produits et/ou"
|
||
" d'exécuter des commandes clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock d'un produit "
|
||
"atteint son minimum, Odoo génère automatiquement un bon de commande avec la "
|
||
"quantité requise pour atteindre le niveau de stock maximum."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de réassort peuvent être créées et gérées dans le rapport de "
|
||
"réassort ou à partir de la fiche du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr "Fabrication à la commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"*regardless of the current stock level*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fabrication à la commande (MTO) est une route d'approvisionnement qui "
|
||
"crée un bon de commande ou de fabrication en brouillon chaque fois qu'une "
|
||
"commande client est confirmée, *quel que soit le niveau de stock actuel*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) "
|
||
"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and "
|
||
"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or "
|
||
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase"
|
||
" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted "
|
||
"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Contrairement aux produits réapprovisionnés grâce aux règles de réassort, "
|
||
"Odoo relie automatiquement la commande client au bon de commande ou au bon "
|
||
"de fabrication généré par la route MTO. Une autre différence entre les "
|
||
"règles de réassort et la route MTO est qu'avec la MTO, Odoo génère un bon de"
|
||
" commande ou un bon de fabrication en brouillon immédiatement après la "
|
||
"confirmation de la commande client. Avec des règles de réassort, Odoo génère"
|
||
" un bon de commande ou un bon de fabrication en brouillon lorsque le stock "
|
||
"prévu du produit est inférieur à la quantité minimale définie. De plus, Odoo"
|
||
" ajoutera automatiquement des quantités au bon de commande/bon de "
|
||
"fabrication à mesure que les prévisions changent, tant que le bon de "
|
||
"commande/bon de fabrication n'est pas confirmé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized and should be used for this purpose only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La route MTO est la meilleure stratégie de réassort pour les produits "
|
||
"personnalisés et ne doit être utilisée que dans ce but."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows "
|
||
"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific "
|
||
"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour accéder au rapport de réassort, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Opérations --> Réassort`. Par défaut, le rapport de réassort montre chaque "
|
||
"produit qui doit être réapprovisionné manuellement. S'il n'y a pas de règle "
|
||
"spécifique pour un produit, Odoo suppose que la :guilabel:`Quantité "
|
||
"minimale` et la :guilabel:`Quantité maximale` en stock sont toutes deux "
|
||
"`0.00`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le rapport de réassort montre les produits qui doivent être réapprovisionnés"
|
||
" manuellement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les produits qui n'ont pas de règle de réassort définie, Odoo calcule "
|
||
"la prévision au fur et à mesure que les commandes clients, les livraisons et"
|
||
" les réceptions sont confirmées. Pour les produits qui ont une règle de "
|
||
"réassort définie, Odoo calcule la prévision normalement, mais prend "
|
||
"également en compte le délai d'achat/de fabrication et le délai de sécurité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or"
|
||
" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de créer une nouvelle règle de réassort, assurez-vous qu'un "
|
||
"fournisseur ou une nomenclature est défini sur la fiche du produit. Assurez-"
|
||
"vous également que le :guilabel:`Type du produit` est `Produit stockable` "
|
||
"dans la fiche du formulaire. Par définition, les niveaux d'inventaire d'un "
|
||
"produit consommable ne sont pas surveillés, donc Odoo ne peut donc pas tenir"
|
||
" compte d'un produit consommable dans la valorisation des stocks."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de réassort à partir du rapport de réassort, "
|
||
"allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Réassort`, cliquez sur"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Créer`, et définissez le :guilabel:`Produit`. Si vous le "
|
||
"souhaitez, définissez une :guilabel:`Quantité min` et une "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité max` et cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to "
|
||
"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new "
|
||
"reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de réassort à partir de la fiche du produit, "
|
||
"allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`, sélectionnez "
|
||
"un produit pour ouvrir sa fiche, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
|
||
":guilabel:`Règles de réassort` et sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Ensuite, complétez "
|
||
"les champs et sauvegardez la nouvelle règle de réassort."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, "
|
||
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
|
||
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, la quantité dans le champ :guilabel:`À commander` est la "
|
||
"quantité requise pour atteindre la :guilabel:`Quantité max` définie. "
|
||
"Cependant, la quantité :guilabel:`À commander` peut être modifiée en "
|
||
"cliquant sur le champ, en changeant la valeur et en cliquant sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`. Pour réapprovisionner un produit manuellement, "
|
||
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Commander une fois`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this "
|
||
"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted"
|
||
" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering "
|
||
"rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour automatiser un réassort, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Automatiser les "
|
||
"commandes`. En cliquant sur ce bouton, Odoo générera automatiquement un bon "
|
||
"de commande/bon de fabrication en brouillon chaque fois que le niveau de "
|
||
"stock prévu tombe en-dessous de la :guilabel:`Quantité min` définie de la "
|
||
"règle de réassort."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une règle de réassort peut être temporairement désactivée pour une période "
|
||
"donnée en utilisant le bouton :guilabel:`Reporter`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonction de report pour temporairement désactiver les règles de réassort."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by"
|
||
" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source "
|
||
"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) "
|
||
"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un bon de commande ou un bon de fabrication créé par un réassort manuel aura"
|
||
" le `Rapport de réassort` comme document d'origine. Un bon de commande ou un"
|
||
" bon de fabrication créé par une règle de réassort automatique aura le ou "
|
||
"les numéros de référence des commandes clients qui ont déclenché la règle "
|
||
"comme document d'origine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du tableau de bord montrant d'où proviennent les demandes de prix et les"
|
||
" bons de fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr "Fabrication à la commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized "
|
||
"products, the route is hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme la route de Fabrication à la commande (MTO) est uniquement recommandée"
|
||
" pour les produits personnalisés, la route est masquée par défaut."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113
|
||
msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour activer la Fabrication à la commande (MTO) dans Odoo :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Warehouse`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> "
|
||
"Entrepôt`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activez le paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur :menuselection:`Filtres --> Archivé` pour montrer les routes "
|
||
"archivées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez la case à cocher à côté de :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur "
|
||
"commande (MTO)`, et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Action --> Désarchiver`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable "
|
||
"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'activation du paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` active "
|
||
"également le paramètre :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Si ces "
|
||
"fonctionnalités ne sont pas applicables à l'entrepôt, ignorez ces paramètres"
|
||
" après avoir désarchivé la route MTO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and"
|
||
" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order "
|
||
"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor "
|
||
"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-"
|
||
"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition "
|
||
"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir une route d'approvisionnement d'un produit sur MTO, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`, cliquez sur un "
|
||
"produit pour ouvrir sa fiche et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Cliquez "
|
||
"ensuite sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et dans les options "
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande "
|
||
"(MTO)`. Pour les produits qui sont directement achetés auprès d'un "
|
||
"fournisseur, assurez-vous que la route :guilabel:`Acheter` est sélectionnée "
|
||
"en plus de la route MTO et qu'un fournisseur est configuré dans l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Achat`. Pour les produits fabriqués en interne, assurez-vous que "
|
||
"la route :guilabel:`Fabriquer` est sélectionnée en plus de la route MTO et "
|
||
"qu'une nomenclature est configurée pour le produit. Finalement, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer la route Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO) dans les paramètres du "
|
||
"produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use different units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser différentes unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
|
||
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
|
||
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
|
||
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
|
||
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans certains cas, il est nécessaire de traiter des produits dans "
|
||
"différentes unités de mesure. Par exemple, une entreprise peut acheter des "
|
||
"produits dans un pays qui utilise le système métrique, puis vendre ces "
|
||
"produits dans un pays qui utilise le système impérial. L'entreprise doit "
|
||
"donc convertir les unités. Un autre exemple de la conversion d'unités est "
|
||
"lorsqu'une entreprise achète des produits en gros auprès d'un fournisseur et"
|
||
" vend ensuite ces produits à l'unité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour utiliser différentes unités de mesure pour "
|
||
"un même produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser différentes unités de mesure dans Odoo, allez d'abord à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Produits` et"
|
||
" activez le paramètre :guilabel:`Unités de mesure`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr "Activer les unités de mesure dans les paramètres d'Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "Catégories d'unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
|
||
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
|
||
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
|
||
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
|
||
" only if both units belong to the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir activé le paramètre des unités de mesure, affichez les "
|
||
"catégories d'unités de mesure par défaut dans :menuselection:`Inventaire -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Unités de mesure --> Catégories d'unités de mesure`. La "
|
||
"catégorie est essentielle pour la conversion des unités, car Odoo peut "
|
||
"seulement convertir les unités d'un produit d'une unité à une autre si les "
|
||
"deux unités appartiennent à la même catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
|
||
msgstr "Définir les catégories d'unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
|
||
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
|
||
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
|
||
"new units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque catégorie d'unité de mesure a son unité de référence. L'unité de "
|
||
"référence est surlignée en bleu dans la colonne :guilabel:`UdM` de la page "
|
||
":guilabel:`Catégories d'unités de mesure`. Odoo utilise l'unité de référence"
|
||
" comme base pour toute nouvelle unité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
|
||
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
|
||
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
|
||
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
|
||
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
|
||
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
|
||
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle unité, sélectionnez d'abord la bonne catégorie. Par "
|
||
"exemple, pour vendre un produit dans une boîte de six unités, cliquez sur la"
|
||
" ligne de catégorie :guilabel:`Unité`. Ensuite, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Éditer`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Dans"
|
||
" le champ :guilabel:`Unité de mesure`, nommez la nouvelle unité `Boîte de "
|
||
"6`. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Type`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Plus grand que "
|
||
"l'unité de mesure de référence`. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Facteur`, "
|
||
"saisissez `6.00000` puisqu'une boîte de six est six fois plus grande que "
|
||
"l'unité de référence (`1.00000`). Finalement, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur la catégorie :guilabel:`Unité`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
|
||
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
|
||
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Par exemple, nous créerons une "
|
||
"unité Boîte de six que nous utiliserons pour le produit Œuf. La boîte de six"
|
||
" est 6 fois plus grande que l'unité de mesure de référence pour la catégorie"
|
||
" qui est “Unités” ici."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
|
||
" category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Convertir des produits d'une unité à une autre tant qu'elles appartiennent à"
|
||
" la même catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Préciser les unités de mesure d'un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
|
||
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir des unités de mesure d'un produit, allez d'abord à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et cliquez sur un "
|
||
"produit pour accéder à ses paramètres. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Éditer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
|
||
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
|
||
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
|
||
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations générales`, éditez le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unité de mesure` pour indiquer l'unité de mesure dans laquelle le"
|
||
" produit est vendu. L'unité précisée sera également l'unité utilisée pour "
|
||
"suivre le stock du produit et les transferts internes. Modifiez le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM achat` pour indiquer l'unité de mesure dans laquelle le "
|
||
"produit est acheté."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Unit conversion"
|
||
msgstr "Conversion d'unités"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr "Acheter des produits dans l'UdM d'achat"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
|
||
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'une nouvelle demande de prix dans l'application "
|
||
"Achats, Odoo utilise automatiquement l'unité de mesure d'achat indiquée sur "
|
||
"le produit. Cependant, si nécessaire, l':guilabel:`UdM` peut être modifiée "
|
||
"manuellement sur la demande de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
|
||
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que la demande de prix est convertie en bon de commande, cliquez "
|
||
"sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Reçu` dans le coin supérieur droit du "
|
||
"bon de commande. Odoo convertit automatiquement l'unité de mesure d'achat en"
|
||
" l'unité de mesure de vente/d'inventaire du produit, de sorte que la colonne"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Demande` du bon de livraison indique la quantité convertie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
|
||
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, si l'UdM d'achat d'un produit est `Boîte de 6` et son unité de "
|
||
"mesure de vente/d'inventaire est `Unités`, le bon de commande indique la "
|
||
"quantité en boîtes de six et le bon de livraison indique la quantité en "
|
||
"unités."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
|
||
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
|
||
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une demande de prix pour un produit peut également être générée directement "
|
||
"à partir de la fiche du produit en utilisant le bouton "
|
||
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner`. Après avoir cliqué sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner`, une fenêtre contextuelle de réassort apparaît."
|
||
" L'unité de mesure d'achat peut être modifiée manuellement ici si "
|
||
"nécessaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour créer la demande"
|
||
" de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
|
||
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
|
||
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
|
||
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Unités prévues` sur la "
|
||
"fiche du produit et faites défiler vers le bas jusqu'à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire prévu --> Demandes de prix`. Cliquez sur le "
|
||
"numéro de référence de la demande de prix pour ouvrir la demande de prix "
|
||
"brouillon. L'unité de mesure d'achat peut également être modifiée ici si "
|
||
"nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
|
||
msgstr "Vendre dans une UdM différente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
|
||
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
|
||
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'un nouveau devis dans l'application Ventes, Odoo "
|
||
"utilise automatiquement l'unité de mesure indiquée sur le produit. "
|
||
"Cependant, si nécessaire, l':guilabel:`UdM` peut être modifiée manuellement "
|
||
"sur le devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
|
||
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
|
||
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
|
||
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
|
||
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que le devis est envoyé au client et converti en commande client, "
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent tguilabel:`Livraison` dans le coin "
|
||
"supérieur droit de la commande. Odoo convertit automatiquement l'unité de "
|
||
"mesure en l'unité de mesure d'inventaire du produit, donc la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demande` de la livraison indique la quantité convertie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
|
||
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
|
||
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, si l'unité de mesure du produit sur la commande a été changée "
|
||
"en `Boîte de 6`, mais son unité de mesure d'inventaire est `Unités`, la "
|
||
"commande indique la quantité en boîtes de six et la livraison indique la "
|
||
"quantité en unités."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand utiliser des colis, des unités de mesure ou des emballages "
|
||
"particuliers ? "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les unités de mesure indiquent l'unité utilisée pour traiter un produit. "
|
||
"Dans Odoo, vous avez la possibilité d'indiquer l'unité de mesure dans "
|
||
"laquelle vous gérez votre stock et l'unité de mesure dans laquelle vous "
|
||
"achetez le produit auprès de votre fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Préciser l'unité de mesure pour gérer le stock d'un produit et lors de "
|
||
"l'achat du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different "
|
||
"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective "
|
||
"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to "
|
||
"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure` et l':guilabel:`UdM achat` sont "
|
||
"définies sur la fiche du produit, Odoo peut convertir automatiquement les "
|
||
"différentes unités dans les commandes fournisseurs/clients du produit et les"
|
||
" bons de réception/livraison respectifs des commandes. La seule condition "
|
||
"est que les unités doivent appartenir à la *même catégorie* (unité, poids, "
|
||
"volume, longueur, etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet"
|
||
" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a "
|
||
"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity "
|
||
"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates"
|
||
" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the "
|
||
"quantity in feet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure` d'un produit peut être définie "
|
||
"comme étant `pieds (ft)`et son :guilabel:`UdM achat` comme `centimètres "
|
||
"(cm)`. Lors qu'une commande fournisseur est créée pour ce produit, la "
|
||
"quantité sera indiquée en centimètres. Ensuite, lorsque la commande est "
|
||
"confirmée, Odoo génère automatiquement un reçu et convertit les centimètres "
|
||
"en pieds. Le reçu indiquera la quantité en pieds."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Colis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, "
|
||
"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the "
|
||
"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make "
|
||
"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un colis désigne le conteneur physique qui contient un ou plusieurs produits"
|
||
" d'un transfert. Par exemple, lorsqu'un produit est prêt à être livré, ses "
|
||
"quantités peuvent être séparées en deux colis différents. Dans Odoo, la "
|
||
"quantité de produits dans chaque colis peut être enregistrée dans la base de"
|
||
" données. Assurez-vous que l'option :guilabel:`Colis` est activée dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by "
|
||
"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first "
|
||
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. "
|
||
"Repeat for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur un bon de livraison, séparez les produits en différents colis en "
|
||
"définissant la quantité :guilabel:`Faite` sur la quantité souhaitée dans le "
|
||
"premier colis. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Mettre en colis` pour "
|
||
"enregistrer le premier colis. Répétez l'opération pour chaque colis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery into different packages"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison séparée en différents colis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery package details"
|
||
msgstr "Détails du colis de chaque livraison séparée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Packagings"
|
||
msgstr "Emballages"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a "
|
||
"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a "
|
||
"pallet for the packaging."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'emballage désigne un conteneur standard qui contient plusieurs unités d'un"
|
||
" produit. Par exemple, une canette de soda peut être dans un emballage de 6,"
|
||
" de 15 ou même une palette."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase "
|
||
"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and "
|
||
"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while "
|
||
"UoMs are generic."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les emballages sont utilisés à des fins informatives sur les "
|
||
"commandes fournisseurs/clients et dans les transferts d'inventaire. La "
|
||
"principale différence entre les emballages et les unités de mesure est que "
|
||
"les emballages sont définis au niveau du produit alors que les unités de "
|
||
"mesure sont génériques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different product packaging examples."
|
||
msgstr "Exemples de différents emballages d'un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Package field on purchase order."
|
||
msgstr "Champ emballage sur une commande fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode"
|
||
" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in "
|
||
"the packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les emballages sont également utiles lors de la réception des produits. En "
|
||
"scannant le code-barres d'un emballage, Odoo ajoute le nombre d'unités "
|
||
"contenues dans l'emballage sur le transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71
|
||
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "Méthodes de valorisation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr "Intégrer des coûts additionnels aux produits (coûts logistiques)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonctionnalité des coûts logistiques dans Odoo permet à l'utilisateur "
|
||
"d'inclure des coûts additionnels (expédition, assurance, droits de douane, "
|
||
"etc.) dans le coût du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
|
||
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
|
||
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez d'abord à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres "
|
||
"--> Valorisation` et activez la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Coûts "
|
||
"logistiques`. Odoo donne également la possibilité de définir un "
|
||
":guilabel:`journal par défaut` dans lequel les écritures comptables des "
|
||
"coûts logistiques seront enregistrées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer la fonctionnalité des coûts logistiques dans les paramètres de "
|
||
"l'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter les coûts aux produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr "Recevoir la facture fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
|
||
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
|
||
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
|
||
"line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après qu'un fournisseur a rempli un bon de commande et envoyé une facture, "
|
||
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture` sur le bon de commande pour créer "
|
||
"une facture fournisseur dans Odoo. Si la facture fournisseur contient des "
|
||
"coûts logistiques, tels que les droits de douane, cochez la case dans la "
|
||
"colonne :guilabel:`Coûts logistiques` sur la ligne de la facture "
|
||
"fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer l'option des coûts logistiques sur une ligne d'une facture "
|
||
"fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
|
||
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
|
||
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
|
||
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les frais qui sont toujours des coûts logistiques, créez un produit "
|
||
"coût logistique dans Odoo. De cette façon, le produit coût logistique peut "
|
||
"être facilement ajouté à la facture fournisseur en tant que ligne de facture"
|
||
" au lieu de saisir manuellement les informations relatives aux coûts "
|
||
"logistiques chaque fois qu'une facture fournisseur arrive."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
|
||
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
|
||
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez d'abord un nouveau produit dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Produits --> Produits --> Créer`. Ensuite, donnez un nom au produit coût "
|
||
"logistique et définissez le :guilabel:`type de produit` sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Service`. Un produit coût logistique doit toujours être un type "
|
||
"de produit service. Après cela, allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Achat` et cochez"
|
||
" la case à côté de :guilabel:`Est un coût logistique`. Finalement, cliquez "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour finaliser la création d'un produit coût "
|
||
"logistique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si ce produit est toujours un coût logistique, vous pouvez également le "
|
||
"définir sur le produit et éviter de devoir cocher la case sur chaque facture"
|
||
" fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
|
||
msgstr "Option pour définir un produit comme un coût logistique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
|
||
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
|
||
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
|
||
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
|
||
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois le coût logistique ajouté à la facture fournisseur (soit en cochant"
|
||
" l'option :guilabel:`Coût logistique` sur la ligne de facture ou en ajoutant"
|
||
" un produit de coût logistique à la facture), cliquez sur le bouton "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer des coûts logistiques` en haut de la facture. Odoo crée "
|
||
"automatiquement un enregistrement de coût logistique avec le coût logistique"
|
||
" prérempli dans les lignes de produit :guilabel:`Coûts additionnels`. À "
|
||
"partir de là, décidez à quel transfert les coûts additionnels s'appliquent "
|
||
"en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et en sélectionnant le numéro de "
|
||
"référence du transfert dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Transferts`. "
|
||
"Cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser un transfert d'entrepôt pour couvrir un coût logistique dans le "
|
||
"journal comptable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
|
||
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
|
||
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
|
||
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir défini le transfert, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Calculer` sur "
|
||
"l'enregistrement du coût logistique. Ensuite, allez à l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Correction de valorisation` pour voir l'impact des coûts "
|
||
"logistiques. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour enregistrer "
|
||
"l'écriture de coût logistique dans le journal comptable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
|
||
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'utilisateur peut accéder à la pièce comptable qui a été créée par le coût "
|
||
"logistique en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Pièce comptable`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
|
||
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
|
||
"Costing)` method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le produit auquel le coût logistique s'applique doit avoir une catégorie de "
|
||
"produit définie sur une méthode :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` ou "
|
||
":abbr:`AVCO (coût moyen)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
|
||
msgstr "Pièce comptable d'un coût logistique"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
|
||
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les enregistrements de coût logistique peuvent être créés directement dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Coûts logistiques`, il n'est "
|
||
"pas nécessaire de créer un enregistrement de coût logistique à partir de la "
|
||
"facture fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
|
||
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
|
||
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tous les stocks disponibles d'une entreprise contribuent à la valorisation "
|
||
"de son inventaire. Cette valeur doit être reflétée dans les documents "
|
||
"comptables de l'entreprise afin de montrer avec précision la valeur de "
|
||
"l'entreprise et de tous ses actifs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
|
||
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
|
||
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
|
||
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
|
||
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, Odoo utilise une valorisation d'inventaire périodique (également"
|
||
" connue sous le nom de valorisation d'inventaire manuelle). Cette méthode "
|
||
"implique que l'équipe comptable enregistre des pièces comptables basées sur "
|
||
"l'inventaire physique de l'entreprise et que les employés de l'entrepôt "
|
||
"prennent le temps de compter l'inventaire. Dans Odoo, cette méthode est "
|
||
"reflétée dans chaque catégorie de produit, où le champ :guilabel:`Méthode de"
|
||
" coût` sera défini sur `Prix standard` par défaut et le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` sera défini sur `Manuelle`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les champs de valorisation de l'inventaire sont situés sur la fiche de la "
|
||
"catégorie de produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
|
||
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
|
||
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
|
||
"company's inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par ailleurs, la valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire est une méthode de"
|
||
" valorisation intégrée qui met à jour la valeur de l'inventaire en temps "
|
||
"réel en créant des pièces comptables chaque fois qu'un mouvement de stock "
|
||
"est initié entre des emplacements dans l'inventaire d'une entreprise."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
|
||
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
|
||
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
|
||
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
|
||
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire est une méthode recommandée pour"
|
||
" les experts-comptables, vu les étapes supplémentaires impliqués dans la "
|
||
"configuration d'une pièce comptable. Même après la configuration initiale, "
|
||
"la méthode sera vérifiée périodiquement pour s'assurer de son exactitude et "
|
||
"des ajustements peuvent être nécessaires en permanence en fonction des "
|
||
"besoins et des priorités de l'entreprise."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Types of accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Types de comptabilité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
|
||
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les pièces comptables dépendent du mode de comptabilité : *continentale* ou "
|
||
"*anglo-saxonne*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez le mode de comptabilité en activant le :ref:`mode développeur` et "
|
||
"en allant à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
|
||
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
|
||
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
|
||
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
|
||
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la comptabilité *anglo-saxonne*, le coût des marchandises vendues "
|
||
"(COGS) est enregistré lorsque les produits sont vendus ou livrés. Ceci "
|
||
"signifie que le coût d'une marchandise est uniquement enregistré comme une "
|
||
"dépense lorsqu'un produit est facturé à un client. Des *comptes de stock "
|
||
"intermédiaires* sont utilisés pour les comptes d'entrée et de sortie et sont"
|
||
" tous deux des *comptes d'immobilisations* dans le bilan."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
|
||
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
|
||
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la comptabilité *continentale*, le coût d'une marchandise est "
|
||
"enregistré dès qu'un produit entre dans le stock. De plus, un seul compte de"
|
||
" *dépenses* est utilisé pour les comptes d'entrée et de sortie dans le "
|
||
"bilan."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Costing methods"
|
||
msgstr "Méthodes de coût"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous trouverez ci-dessous trois méthodes de coût qui sont utilisées dans "
|
||
"Odoo pour la valorisation de l'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
|
||
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
|
||
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
|
||
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Prix standard** : la méthode de coût par défaut dans Odoo. Le coût du "
|
||
"produit est défini manuellement sur la fiche du produit et ce coût est "
|
||
"utilisé pour calculer la valorisation. Même si le prix d'achat est différent"
|
||
" sur un bon de commande, la valorisation utilisera toujours le coût défini "
|
||
"sur la fiche du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
|
||
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
|
||
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
|
||
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Coût moyen (AVCO)** : permet de calculer la valorisation d'un produit sur "
|
||
"la base du coût moyen de ce produit, divisé par la quantité totale de stock "
|
||
"disponible. Grâce à cette méthode de coût, la valorisation de l'inventaire "
|
||
"est *dynamique* et s'ajuste constamment en fonction du prix d'achat des "
|
||
"produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
|
||
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
|
||
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
|
||
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
|
||
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
|
||
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
|
||
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
|
||
"sensitive to input data and human error."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)** : permet de suivre le coût des articles "
|
||
"entrants et sortants en temps réel et d'adapter la valorisation en fonction "
|
||
"du prix réel du produit. Le prix d'achat le plus ancien sera le coût pour le"
|
||
" produit suivant vendu jusqu'à ce qu'un lot entier de ce produit soit vendu."
|
||
" Lorsque le lot suivant remonte dans la file d'attente, le coût du produit "
|
||
"mis à jour est utilisé sur la base de la valorisation de ce lot spécifique. "
|
||
"Cette méthode est sans doute la méthode de valorisation de l'inventaire la "
|
||
"plus précise pour diverses raisons, mais elle est très sensible aux données "
|
||
"saisies et à l'erreur humaine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
|
||
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Changer la méthode de coût a un grand impact sur la valorisation de "
|
||
"l'inventaire. Il est fortement recommandé de consulter un comptable avant de"
|
||
" procéder à des changements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer la valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire dans Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
|
||
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
|
||
"apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Modifiez les options de valorisation de l'inventaire en allant à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et "
|
||
"choisissez la ou les catégories auxquelles la méthode de valorisation "
|
||
"automatisée doit s'appliquer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
|
||
"categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est possible d'utiliser des paramètres de valorisation différents pour "
|
||
"différentes catégories de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
|
||
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
|
||
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
|
||
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il y a deux libellés sous l'en-tête :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`"
|
||
" : :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` et :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`. "
|
||
"Sélectionnez la :guilabel:`méthode de coût` sélectionnée à l'aide du menu "
|
||
"déroulant (par ex. :guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Coût moyen (AVCO)` ou "
|
||
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`) et changez la :guilabel:`valorisation"
|
||
" de l'inventaire` en :guilabel:`automatisée`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in "
|
||
"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear "
|
||
"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update "
|
||
"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs "
|
||
"accumulated from validated purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous choisissez le :guilabel:`Coût moyen (AVCO)` comme :guilabel:`Méthode"
|
||
" de coût`, la valeur numérique dans le champ :guilabel:`Coût` pour les "
|
||
"produits de la catégorie de produits correspondante ne sera plus modifiable "
|
||
"et apparaîtra en grisé. Le montant du :guilabel:`coût` sera automatiquement "
|
||
"mis à jour en fonction du prix d'achat moyen du stock disponible et les "
|
||
"coûts accumulés à partir des bons de commande validés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
|
||
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
|
||
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur le même écran, les champs :guilabel:`Propriétés comptables pour le "
|
||
"stock` apparaissent et sont désormais obligatoires en raison du passage à la"
|
||
" valorisation automatisée de l'inventaire. Ces comptes sont définis comme "
|
||
"suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
|
||
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Compte de valorisation de stock` : lorsque la valorisation "
|
||
"automatisée est activée sur un produit, ce compte contient la valeur "
|
||
"actuelle des produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
|
||
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
|
||
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Compte d'entrée en stock` : les écritures comptables de "
|
||
"contrepartie pour tous les mouvements de stock entrants seront enregistrées "
|
||
"dans ce compte, à moins qu'un compte de valorisation spécifique n'ait été "
|
||
"défini sur l'emplacement d'origine. Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut pour "
|
||
"tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être défini "
|
||
"directement pour chaque produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
|
||
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
|
||
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Compte de sortie de stock` : les écritures comptables de "
|
||
"contrepartie pour tous les mouvements de stock sortants seront enregistrées "
|
||
"dans ce compte, à moins qu'un compte de valorisation spécifique n'ait été "
|
||
"défini sur l'emplacement de destination. Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut "
|
||
"pour tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être "
|
||
"défini directement pour chaque produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Accéder aux données d'analyse générées par la valorisation de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
|
||
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
|
||
" at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour démarrer, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Analyse --> Bilan`. "
|
||
"En haut du tableau de bord, changez la valeur du champ :guilabel:`À partir "
|
||
"du` en :guilabel:`Aujourd'hui` et ajustez les :guilabel:`Options` de "
|
||
"filtrage sur :guilabel:`Tout déplier` afin de voir toutes les données les "
|
||
"plus récentes affichées en une seule fois."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
|
||
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sous le poste parent :guilabel:`Actifs circulants`, cherchez le poste "
|
||
"imbriqué :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation du stock`, où est affichée la "
|
||
"valorisation totale de tout le stock disponible."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
|
||
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
|
||
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
|
||
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
|
||
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation du stock` permet "
|
||
"d'accéder à des informations plus spécifiques, en sélectionnant soit le "
|
||
":guilabel:`Grand livre` pour obtenir une vue détaillée de toutes les pièces "
|
||
"comptables, soit les :guilabel:`Imputations comptables` pour passer en revue"
|
||
" toutes les pièces comptables individuelles qui ont été soumises au compte. "
|
||
"Il est également possible d'ajouter des annotations au :guilabel:`Bilan` en "
|
||
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Annoter`, en complétant la zone de texte en cliquant"
|
||
" sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Voir la décomposition complète de la valorisation de l'inventaire dans "
|
||
"l'application Odoo Comptabilité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
|
||
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
|
||
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *valorisation de l'inventaire* est une procédure comptable essentielle "
|
||
"qui permet de calculer la valeur du stock disponible. Une fois déterminé, le"
|
||
" montant de la valorisation de l'inventaire est ensuite compté dans la "
|
||
"valeur globale de l'entreprise."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
|
||
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, ce processus peut être mené manuellement— par les employés de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt qui comptent physiquement les produits— ou automatiquement par "
|
||
"le biais de la base de données."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":ref:`Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Comprendre les bases de la valorisation de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
|
||
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
|
||
"scenario below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour comprendre comment les entrées et les sorties de produits en stock "
|
||
"impactent la valeur globale de l'entreprise, examinons le scénario suivant "
|
||
"de mouvements des produits et des stocks."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr "Recevoir un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is "
|
||
"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, examinons un produit physique, une simple *table* considérée "
|
||
"comme `Office Furniture` dans le champ :guilabel:`Catégorie de produit` de "
|
||
"la fiche du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and"
|
||
" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out "
|
||
"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à la catégorie de produit en allant à l'application "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits`, et"
|
||
" sur la bonne fiche, définissez la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` sur `First In"
|
||
" First Out (FIFO)` et la :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` sur "
|
||
"`Automatisée`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
|
||
"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's "
|
||
"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également accéder au tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Catégories "
|
||
"de produits` en cliquant sur la flèche :guilabel:`lien interne` sur la fiche"
|
||
" individuelle du produit, en survolant le champ :guilabel:`Catégorie de "
|
||
"produit`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
|
||
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, imaginons que 10 tables sont achetées à un prix de $10,00 chacune. "
|
||
"Le bon de commande de ces tables affichera le sous-total de l'achat comme "
|
||
"$100, plus tous les frais ou taxes supplémentaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each."
|
||
msgstr "Bon de commande avec 10 tables de $10 chacune."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory "
|
||
"was impacted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Valider` sur le bon de commande, utilisez "
|
||
"le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation` pour afficher comment la "
|
||
"valeur de l'inventaire a été impactée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt."
|
||
msgstr "Bouton intelligent de valorisation sur une réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be turned on to see the "
|
||
"*Valuation* smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le :ref:`Mode développeur <developer-mode>` doit être activé pour voir le "
|
||
"bouton intelligent *Valorisation*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :doc:`consignment "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
|
||
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonctionnalité de :doc:`consignation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"permet d'être propriétaire des articles en stock. Les produits appartenant à"
|
||
" d'autres entreprises ne sont pas pris en compte dans la valorisation des "
|
||
"stocks de l'entreprise hôte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all "
|
||
"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the "
|
||
"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of "
|
||
"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le tableau de bord de la :guilabel:`valorisation du stock` affiche alors la "
|
||
"valorisation de tous les produits de la livraison, ainsi que leurs quantités"
|
||
" et valorisation. Dans l'exemple de l'achat de 10 tables, la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Valeur totale` du tableau de bord affiche une valorisation "
|
||
"calculée de $100."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La page de la valorisation du stock décrivant les produits d'une livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory "
|
||
"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les enregistrements automatiques de valorisation de l'inventaire "
|
||
"sont également enregistrés dans l'application *Comptabilité*. Pour accéder à"
|
||
" ces écritures comptables, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Pièces "
|
||
"comptables` et recherchez les écritures de valorisation de l'inventaire avec"
|
||
" le préfixe `STJ` dans les colonnes :guilabel:`Journal` et "
|
||
":guilabel:`Numéro`, respectivement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
|
||
msgstr "Pièce comptable pour la valorisation de l'inventaire de 10 tables."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr "Livrer un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
|
||
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
|
||
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
|
||
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la même logique, lorsqu'une table est expédiée à un client et quitte "
|
||
"l'entrepôt, la valorisation de l'inventaire diminue. De même, le bouton "
|
||
"intelligent de :guilabel:`Valorisation` sur le bon de livraison affiche "
|
||
"l'enregistrement de valorisation de l'inventaire comme il le fait sur un bon"
|
||
" de commande. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
|
||
msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire réduite après l'expédition d'un produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The "
|
||
"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's "
|
||
"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher la valeur actuelle de tous les produits dans l'entrepôt, allez"
|
||
" à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation de "
|
||
"l'inventaire`. Les enregistrements dans le tableau sont organisés par "
|
||
"produit et la sélection du menu déroulant d'un produit permet d'afficher des"
|
||
" enregistrements détaillés avec la :guilabel:`Date`, la :guilabel:`Quantité`"
|
||
" et la :guilabel:`Valeur totale` de l'inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire affichant de multiples produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of "
|
||
"products available during a prior specified date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le bouton :guilabel:`Valorisation à la date`, situé dans le coin supérieur "
|
||
"gauche du tableau de bord de la :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`, "
|
||
"affiche la valorisation de l'inventaire des produits disponibles à une date "
|
||
"antérieure précisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Update product unit price"
|
||
msgstr "Mettre à jour le prix unitaire d'un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
|
||
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
|
||
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
|
||
"to update the unit price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour une entreprise, les délais, les défaillances de la chaîne "
|
||
"d'approvisionnement et d'autres facteurs de risque peuvent engendrer des "
|
||
"coûts invisibles. Même si Odoo tente de représenter fidèlement la valeur du "
|
||
"stock, la *valorisation manuelle* est un outil supplémentaire pour mettre à "
|
||
"jour le prix unitaire des produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
|
||
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In "
|
||
"First Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La valorisation manuelle s'applique aux produits qui peuvent être achetés et"
|
||
" reçus pour un coût supérieur à 0 ou qui ont des catégories de produits dont"
|
||
" la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` est `Coût moyen (AVCO)` ou `First In First "
|
||
"Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter une valorisation manuelle de la valeur du stock à un produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
|
||
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
|
||
"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the "
|
||
"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as"
|
||
" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez des entrées de valorisation manuelle sur le tableau de bord de la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` en allant d'abord à l'application "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation de l'inventaire`, "
|
||
"puis cliquez sur la petite icône grise déroulante à gauche d'un nom de "
|
||
"produit pour faire apparaître les lignes de valorisation des stocks en "
|
||
"dessous ainsi qu'un bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert sur la droite."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
|
||
" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation "
|
||
"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert pour ouvrir le "
|
||
"formulaire :guilabel:`Revalorisation du produit`, qui permet de mettre à "
|
||
"jour le calcul de la valorisation de l'inventaire en augmentant ou en "
|
||
"diminuant le prix unitaire de chaque produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
|
||
"inflation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le formulaire de revalorisation du produit ajoutant une valeur de $1,00 en "
|
||
"raison de l'inflation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
|
||
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
|
||
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
|
||
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
|
||
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
|
||
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
|
||
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
|
||
"routes-1018>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
|
||
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
|
||
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
|
||
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
|
||
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
|
||
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
|
||
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
|
||
"on shipped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
|
||
msgid "One-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
|
||
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
|
||
"perishable items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Two-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
|
||
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
|
||
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
|
||
" the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
|
||
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
|
||
"being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
|
||
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
|
||
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
|
||
"until they are transferred into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Three-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
|
||
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
|
||
"inspection into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
|
||
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
|
||
"for shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
|
||
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
|
||
"before receiving items into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
|
||
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
|
||
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
|
||
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
|
||
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
|
||
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
|
||
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
|
||
" not fit the needs of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
|
||
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
|
||
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une commande client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
|
||
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
|
||
"which are all associated with the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Process a picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
|
||
"another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
|
||
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
|
||
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
|
||
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
|
||
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
|
||
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
|
||
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
|
||
" packing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Process a packing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
|
||
"output location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
|
||
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
|
||
"the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
|
||
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
|
||
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
|
||
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
|
||
"step receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
|
||
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
|
||
"three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
|
||
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. "
|
||
"Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 "
|
||
"step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods "
|
||
"directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
|
||
"step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Recevoir les marchandises directement (1 étape)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un bon de commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
|
||
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
|
||
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter la réception"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
|
||
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
|
||
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
|
||
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
|
||
"pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
|
||
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
|
||
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
|
||
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
|
||
"reception process in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Livrer les marchandises directement (1 étape)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
|
||
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"delivery order for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
|
||
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
|
||
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
|
||
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
|
||
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
|
||
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
|
||
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
|
||
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
|
||
" into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
|
||
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
|
||
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
|
||
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
|
||
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
|
||
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
|
||
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
|
||
"::guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
|
||
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
|
||
"steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
|
||
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
|
||
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the ::guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
|
||
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase"
|
||
" Order)` form may need to be specifed as the correct *input location* "
|
||
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
|
||
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
|
||
" the end of the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
|
||
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
|
||
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
|
||
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
|
||
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Input location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
|
||
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
|
||
"view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
|
||
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a "
|
||
"storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the ::abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart "
|
||
"button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Sales Order)` "
|
||
"form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Process the picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
|
||
"arrive to the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking "
|
||
"and the delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
|
||
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
|
||
"Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
|
||
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
|
||
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
|
||
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
|
||
"on the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
|
||
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
|
||
"begin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
|
||
"quickly accessed by clicking on the ::guilabel:`Delivery` smart button "
|
||
"again, and choosing the delivery order on the ::guilabel:`Transfers` page "
|
||
"(which should now be marked as ::guilabel:`Ready`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
|
||
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
|
||
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
|
||
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
|
||
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
|
||
"goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
|
||
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
|
||
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
|
||
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
|
||
"quality area and into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
|
||
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
|
||
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
|
||
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
|
||
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
|
||
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
|
||
"are waiting another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
|
||
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
|
||
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
|
||
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
|
||
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
|
||
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Quality location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
|
||
"kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
|
||
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
|
||
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
|
||
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
|
||
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
|
||
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
|
||
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Entrepôts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
|
||
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
|
||
" between them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
|
||
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
|
||
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
|
||
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
|
||
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
|
||
"vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
|
||
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
|
||
" outgoing shipments should follow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
|
||
"from this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
|
||
"this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
|
||
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
|
||
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
|
||
"the warehouse being created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
|
||
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
|
||
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
|
||
"will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
|
||
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
|
||
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
|
||
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
|
||
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment can be referred to by"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
|
||
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
|
||
" added to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
|
||
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
|
||
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
|
||
"have no existing inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
|
||
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
|
||
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
|
||
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
|
||
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
|
||
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
|
||
"fill out the product line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
|
||
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
|
||
"within the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
|
||
"serial number used to identify it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
|
||
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
|
||
"new location or warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
|
||
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
|
||
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
|
||
"inventory of the new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Réapprovisionner depuis un autre entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
|
||
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
|
||
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
|
||
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
|
||
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand vous avez plusieurs entrepôts, il arrive souvent qu'un entrepôt "
|
||
"central réapprovisionne plusieurs boutiques et dans ce cas, chaque boutique "
|
||
"est considérée comme un entrepôt local. Lorsqu'une boutique souhaite "
|
||
"réapprovisionner un produit, celui-ci est commandé à l'entrepôt central. "
|
||
"Odoo permet à l'utilisateur de définir facilement quels entrepôts peuvent "
|
||
"réapprovisionner un autre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour réapprovisionner depuis un autre entrepôt, allez d'abord à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt` et"
|
||
" activez :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer ce paramètre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer les routes en plusieurs étapes dans les paramètres de l'Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez tous les entrepôts configurés en allant à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
|
||
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez un nouvel entrepôt en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Donnez ensuite "
|
||
"un nom et un :guilabel:`Nom court` à l'entrepôt et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour finaliser la création de l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
|
||
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
|
||
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
|
||
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
|
||
"resupply this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, retournez à la page :guilabel:`Entrepôts` et ouvrez l'entrepôt qui "
|
||
"sera réapprovisionné par le deuxième entrepôt. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Éditer`. Sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de l'entrepôt`, "
|
||
"trouvez le champ :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` et cochez la case à "
|
||
"côté du nom du deuxième entrepôt. Si l'entrepôt peut être réapprovisionné "
|
||
"par plus d'un entrepôt, assurez-vous de cocher également les cases de ces "
|
||
"entrepôts. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le"
|
||
" paramètre. À présent, Odoo sait quels entrepôts peuvent réapprovisionner "
|
||
"cet entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Réapprovisionner un entrepôt avec un autre dans l'onglet Configuration de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Set route on a product"
|
||
msgstr "Définir une route sur un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
|
||
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
|
||
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
|
||
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
|
||
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir configuré ces réapprovisionnements, une nouvelle route est à "
|
||
"présent disponible sur toutes les fiches produits. La nouvelle route "
|
||
"apparaît comme :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner le produit depuis [nom de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt]` sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` sur une fiche produit. "
|
||
"Utilisez la route :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner le produit depuis [nom de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt]` avec une règle de réassort ou la route de fabrication à la "
|
||
"commande (MTO) pour réapprovisionner le stock en déplaçant le produit d'un "
|
||
"entrepôt à l'autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Route qui permet de réapprovisionner un produit à partir d'un second "
|
||
"entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
|
||
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
|
||
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
|
||
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
|
||
"tracked in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsqu'une règle de réassort d'un produit est déclenchée et la route "
|
||
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner le produit depuis [nom de l'entrepôt]` est "
|
||
"définie sur le produit, Odoo crée automatiquement deux transferts. Le "
|
||
"premier transfert est un *bon de livraison* depuis le second entrepôt, qui "
|
||
"contient tous les produits nécessaires, et le second transfert est un *reçu*"
|
||
" avec les mêmes produits pour l'entrepôt principal. Le déplacement des "
|
||
"produits du second entrepôt vers l'entrepôt principal est entièrement suivi "
|
||
"dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
|
||
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur les enregistrements de transfert créés par Odoo, le :guilabel:`Document "
|
||
"d'origine` est la règle de réassort du produit. L'emplacement entre le bon "
|
||
"de livraison et le reçu est un emplacement de transit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une règle de réassort crée automatiquement deux reçus pour un stock entre "
|
||
"entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ordre d'entrepôt pour réapprovisionner le stock d'un entrepôt avec un "
|
||
"autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr "Un reçu pour le stock reçu d'un entrepôt en provenance d'un autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Transférer des produits entre entrepôts à l'aide du réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
|
||
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
|
||
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
|
||
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
|
||
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les entreprises qui utilisent plusieurs entrepôts, il est souvent "
|
||
"nécessaire de transférer des articles entre eux. C'est ce qu'on appelle un "
|
||
"*transfert entre entrepôts*. Odoo *Inventaire* gère le processus "
|
||
"administratif des transferts entre entrepôts pour assurer que l'inventaire "
|
||
"reste exact pendant et après le transfert. Ce document détaille la méthode "
|
||
"pour effectuer un transfert entre entrepôts à l'aide du réassort."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des entrepôts pour le réassort entre entrepôts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
|
||
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
|
||
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous que le paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs "
|
||
"étapes` est activé en allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Paramètres` et cochez la case sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Vous "
|
||
"disposerez alors d'options de configuration supplémentaires lors de la "
|
||
"création d'un deuxième entrepôt qui sont nécessaires pour le réassort entre "
|
||
"entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
|
||
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
|
||
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, un entrepôt principal est déjà configuré sur Odoo. Si aucun "
|
||
"entrepôt supplémentaire n'est déjà créé, faites-le maintenant à partir du "
|
||
"module :guilabel:`Inventaire` en sélectionnant :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Entrepôts --> Créer`. Sinon, sélectionnez l'entrepôt vers lequel les "
|
||
"produits sont transférés à partir de la page :guilabel:`Entrepôts` et "
|
||
"cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Éditer` pour modifier ses paramètres. "
|
||
"Configurez l'entrepôt comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
|
||
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : choisissez un nom qui n'est pas déjà utilisé pour un "
|
||
"autre entrepôt (par ex. `Entrepôt alternatif`)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
|
||
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nom court` : choisissez un nom court par lequel l'entrepôt sera "
|
||
"identifié (par ex. `ENT_ALT`)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
|
||
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
|
||
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` et le nouvel entrepôt sera créé. De "
|
||
"plus, un nouveau champ :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` apparaîtra sur le"
|
||
" formulaire de l'entrepôt. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et cochez ensuite "
|
||
"la case à côté de l'entrepôt qui sera utilisé pour réapprovisionner "
|
||
"l'entrepôt qui est en cours de configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un formulaire des paramètres de l'entrepôt configuré pour permettre le "
|
||
"réassort entre entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
|
||
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
|
||
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
|
||
"Francisco 2\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le cadre de cette démonstration, l'entrepôt à partir duquel les "
|
||
"produits sont transférés (sortant) sera intitulé \"San Francisco\" et "
|
||
"l'entrepôt vers lequel les produits sont transférés (entrant) sera intitulé "
|
||
"\"San Francisco 2\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des produits pour le réassort entre entrepôts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
|
||
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"a new one, if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les produits doivent également être configurés correctement pour qu'ils "
|
||
"puissent être transférés entre entrepôts. Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire"
|
||
" --> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez un produit existant ou "
|
||
":guilabel:`créez`-en un nouveau, si nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
|
||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
|
||
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
|
||
"that products are transferred from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, sur la fiche du produit, allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et"
|
||
" cochez la case de :guilabel:`X : Réapprovisionner le produit depuis Y`, *X*"
|
||
" étant l'entrepôt qui reçoit les produits transférés et *Y* étant l'entrepôt"
|
||
" depuis lequel les produits sont transférés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr "Cochez la case pour réapprovisionner un entrepôt depuis un autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
|
||
msgstr "Réapprovisionner un entrepôt depuis un autre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
|
||
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
|
||
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir du module :menuselection:`Inventaire`, sélectionnez "
|
||
":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et choisissez ensuite le produit à "
|
||
"réapprovisionner. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner` dans le"
|
||
" coin supérieur gauche de la fiche du produit et complétez le formulaire qui"
|
||
" apparaît comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
|
||
" being replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité` : le nombre d'unités qui seront envoyées à l'entrepôt à"
|
||
" réapprovisionner"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
|
||
"take place"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Date prévue` : la date à laquelle le réassort est prévu"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : l'entrepôt à réapprovisionner"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
|
||
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
|
||
"product will be transferred from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes préférées` : sélectionnez `X : Réapprovisionner le produit"
|
||
" depuis Y`, *X* étant l'entrepôt à réapprovisionner et *Y* étant l'entrepôt "
|
||
"depuis lequel le produit sera transféré"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
|
||
msgstr "Le formulaire pour réapprovisionner un produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
|
||
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
|
||
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
|
||
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
|
||
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
|
||
"step deliveries and receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` et un bon de livraison sera créé pour "
|
||
"l'entrepôt sortant, ainsi qu'une réception pour l'entrepôt qui recevra le "
|
||
"produit. En fonction des paramètres de configuration pour les entrepôts "
|
||
"entrants et sortants, le traitement des bons de livraison et des réceptions "
|
||
"demande entre une et trois étapes. Ce document explique en détail comment "
|
||
"traiter les livraisons et les réceptions en une seule étape."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery order"
|
||
msgstr "Traiter le bon de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
|
||
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
|
||
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
|
||
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
|
||
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
|
||
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
|
||
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
|
||
"quantities shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première étape d'un réassort est le traitement de la livraison de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt depuis lequel le produit est transféré. Dans le tableau de bord "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire`, sélectionnez le bouton :guilabel:`X à traiter`"
|
||
" sur la carte des :guilabel:`Bons de livraison` pour l'entrepôt sortant, "
|
||
"puis le bon de livraison créé pour le réassort. Sur la page du bon de "
|
||
"commande, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Vérifier la disponibilité` dans "
|
||
"le coin supérieur gauche pour réserver la quantité du produit à transférer. "
|
||
"Une fois la livraison expédiée, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` "
|
||
"pour enregistrer les quantités expédiées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "La carte des bons de livraison pour l'entrepôt sortant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
|
||
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
|
||
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
|
||
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
|
||
"quantities received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que les marchandises arrivent à l'entrepôt entrant, la réception "
|
||
"créée pour cet entrepôt doit également être traitée. Retournez au tableau de"
|
||
" bord :menuselection:`Inventaire` et sélectionnez le bouton :guilabel:`X à "
|
||
"traiter` sur la carte des :guilabel:`Réceptions` pour l'entrepôt entrant, "
|
||
"puis la réception créée pour le réassort. Sur la page des réceptions, "
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` dans le coin supérieur gauche de "
|
||
"la page pour enregistrer les quantités reçues."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
|
||
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
|
||
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir traité la réception, les produits transférés apparaîtront dans "
|
||
"l'inventaire de l'entrepôt entrant. Les stocks dans les deux entrepôts "
|
||
"peuvent être consultés en retournant à la fiche du produit et en "
|
||
"sélectionnant le bouton :guilabel:`X unités disponibles` en haut de l'écran."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Automatiser le réassort entre entrepôts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
|
||
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Grâce aux règles de réassort, il est possible d'automatiser le processus de "
|
||
"réassort d'un entrepôt depuis un autre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
|
||
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
|
||
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
|
||
"configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour commencer, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> "
|
||
"Produits` et choisissez le produit à réapprovisionner. Sur la fiche du "
|
||
"produit, sélectionnez le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Règles de réassort` "
|
||
"en haut du formulaire, et ensuite sur la page suivante, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer` pour configurer le formulaire comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
|
||
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacement` : l'emplacement que la règle de réassort doit "
|
||
"réapprovisionner lorsqu'elle est déclenchée : dans ce cas, l'entrepôt "
|
||
"entrant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
|
||
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité min` : lorsque la quantité disponible dans l'entrepôt "
|
||
"entrant est inférieure à ce chiffre, la règle de réassort sera déclenchée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
|
||
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité max` : lorsque la règle de réassort est déclenchée, le "
|
||
"produit sera réapprovisionné à l'entrepôt entrant jusqu'à hauteur de cette "
|
||
"quantité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
|
||
"replenished in batches of 20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité multiple` : précisez si le produit doit être "
|
||
"réapprovisionné par lots d'une certaine quantité ; par exemple, un produit "
|
||
"peut être réapprovisionné par lots de 20"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM` : l'unité de mesure utilisée pour réapprovisionner le "
|
||
"produit ; cette valeur peut être simplement `Unités` ou une unité de mesure "
|
||
"spécifique pour le poids, la longueur, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr "Une règle de réassort totalement configurée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
|
||
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
|
||
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Terminez par cliquer sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` et la règle de réassort "
|
||
"sera créée. À présent, lorsque le planificateur s'exécute automatiquement "
|
||
"chaque jour, un transfert sera créé pour chaque règle de réassort qui a été "
|
||
"déclenchée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
|
||
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
|
||
" pop-up that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour manuellement déclencher des règles de réassort, allez au module "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire` et sélectionnez :menuselection:`Opérations --> "
|
||
"Lancer le planificateur`, cliquez sur le bouton vert :guilabel:`Lancer le "
|
||
"planificateur` dans la fenêtre contextuelle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
|
||
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
|
||
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir lancé le planificateur, un bon de livraison et une réception "
|
||
"seront créés pour les entrepôts entrants et sortants, respectivement. À la "
|
||
"fois le bon de commande et la réception doivent être traités selon la même "
|
||
"méthode que celle décrite ci-dessus."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les entrepôts et les emplacements"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
|
||
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
|
||
"can create moves between warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment/l'endroit actuel où les articles "
|
||
"d'une entreprise sont stockés. Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts "
|
||
"dans Odoo et l'utilisateur peut créer des mouvements entre les entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Location"
|
||
msgstr "Emplacement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
|
||
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
|
||
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
|
||
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
|
||
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un **Emplacement** est un lieu spécifique dans l'entrepôt. Il peut s'agir "
|
||
"d'un sous-emplacement de l'entrepôt (une étagère, un étage, une allée, "
|
||
"etc.). Par conséquent, un emplacement fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il "
|
||
"est impossible de lier un emplacement à plusieurs entrepôts. Dans Odoo, "
|
||
"autant d'emplacements que nécessaire peuvent être configurés dans un même "
|
||
"entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
|
||
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr "Il y a trois types d'emplacements :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
|
||
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Emplacements physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font "
|
||
"partie des entrepôts que l'entreprise possède. Il peut s'agir des zones de "
|
||
"chargement et de déchargement de l'entrepôt, d'une étagère, d'un "
|
||
"département, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
|
||
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Emplacements partenaires** sont des zones dans un entrepôt d'un client"
|
||
" et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les "
|
||
"emplacements physiques, à la seule différence qu'ils n'appartiennent pas à "
|
||
"la société de l'utilisateur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
|
||
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
|
||
"(**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **Emplacements virtuels** sont des zones qui n'existent pas, mais où les"
|
||
" produits peuvent être placés lorsqu'ils ne se trouvent pas encore (ou plus)"
|
||
" physiquement dans un inventaire. Ils sont utiles pour enregistrer les "
|
||
"produits perdus (**Perte d'inventaire**) ou pour comptabiliser les produits "
|
||
"qui sont en route vers l'entrepôt (**Approvisionnements**)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
|
||
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of the warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"organiser vos emplacements comme une arborescence, avec des relations "
|
||
"parent-enfant. Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse des "
|
||
"opérations de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour activer les emplacements, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres` et activez :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez ensuite"
|
||
" sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer la fonctionnalité des emplacements de stockage dans les paramètres "
|
||
"d'Odoo Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour gérer plusieurs routes au sein des entrepôts, activez également "
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` et consultez "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un nouvel entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un entrepôt, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion de"
|
||
" l'entrepôt --> Entrepôts` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
|
||
"The short name is five characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétez ensuite un :guilabel:`Nom d'entrepôt` et un :guilabel:`Nom court`."
|
||
" Le nom court comporte cinq caractères au maximum."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr "Champ nom court d'un entrepôt dans Odoo Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
|
||
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
|
||
"letters of location]\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le :guilabel:`Nom court` apparaît sur les ordres de transfert et les autres "
|
||
"documents d'entrepôt. Odoo recommande d'utiliser un nom compréhensible comme"
|
||
" \"WH/[premières lettres du lieu]\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
|
||
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À présent, retournez au tableau de bord de l':guilabel:`Inventaire`. Vous y "
|
||
"verrez que les nouvelles opérations liées à l'entrepôt nouvellement créé ont"
|
||
" été automatiquement générées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
|
||
"created warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le tableau de bord de l'application Inventaire affichant les nouveaux types "
|
||
"de transfert pour l'entrepôt nouvellement créé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'ajout d'un deuxième entrepôt activera automatiquement le paramètre "
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacements`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Create a new location"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un nouvel emplacement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un emplacement, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion"
|
||
" de l'entrepôt --> Emplacements` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétez ensuite un :guilabel:`Nom d'emplacement` et un "
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacement parent` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr "Créer un nouvel emplacement d'entrepôt dans Odoo Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Routes avancées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Concepts"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Organiser une correspondance dans un entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La correspondance est le processus qui consiste à envoyer des produits reçus"
|
||
" directement aux clients, sans les faire entrer dans le stock. Les camions "
|
||
"sont simplement déchargés dans une zone de *correspondance* afin de "
|
||
"réorganiser les produits et de charger un autre camion."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations sur la façon d'organiser votre entrepôt, lisez "
|
||
"notre blog : `What is cross-docking and is it for me? "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
|
||
"is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application *Inventaire*, ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres` et activez les *Routes en plusieurs étapes*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr "Ceci activera également la fonctionnalité *Emplacements de stockage*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À présent, il est possible de configurer les *Réceptions* et les "
|
||
"*Expéditions* pour fonctionner avec 2 étapes. Pour adapter la configuration,"
|
||
" allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et "
|
||
"éditez votre entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cette modification entraînera la création d'une route de *Correspondance* "
|
||
"qui se trouve dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des produits avec la route de correspondance"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez le produit qui utilise la *Route de correspondance* et ensuite, dans "
|
||
"l'onglet inventaire, sélectionnez les routes *Acheter* et *Correspondance*. "
|
||
"À présent, dans l'onglet achat, précisez le fournisseur auquel vous achetez "
|
||
"le produit et définissez un prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois cela fait, créez une commande client pour le produit et confirmez-"
|
||
"la. Odoo créera automatiquement deux transferts qui seront liés à la "
|
||
"commande client. Le premier est le transfert depuis l'*Emplacement d'entrée*"
|
||
" vers l'*Emplacement de sortie*, correspondant au déplacement du produit "
|
||
"vers la zone de *Correspondance*. Le deuxième est le bon de livraison de "
|
||
"l'*Emplacement de sortie* vers votre *Emplacement client*. Les deux "
|
||
"transferts sont toujours *En attente d'une autre opération* parce que vous "
|
||
"devez encore commander le produit auprès du fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à présent à l'application *Achats*. Vous y trouverez le bon de "
|
||
"commande qui a été déclenché automatiquement par le système. Validez-le et "
|
||
"recevez les produits dans l'*Emplacement d'entrée*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quand vous avez reçu les produits de votre fournisseur, vous pouvez revenir "
|
||
"à votre commande client initiale et valider le transfert interne depuis "
|
||
"*Entrée* vers *Sortie*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le bon de livraison est à présent prêt à être traité et peut également être "
|
||
"validé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vendre des stocks à partir de plusieurs entrepôts à l'aide des emplacements "
|
||
"virtuels"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
|
||
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
|
||
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Alors que la gestion et la vente des stocks à partir d'un entrepôt peut "
|
||
"convenir aux petites entreprises, les grandes entreprises peuvent avoir "
|
||
"besoin de gérer ou de vendre leurs stocks à partir de plusieurs entrepôts "
|
||
"situés sur plusieurs sites."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
|
||
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
|
||
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
|
||
"locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, les produits figurant sur une seule commande peuvent parfois être"
|
||
" stockés dans deux entrepôts (ou plus). Dans Odoo, il est possible prélever "
|
||
"des produits de plusieurs entrepôts pour satisfaire les demandes de vente en"
|
||
" utilisant des *emplacements virtuels*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
|
||
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afin de créer des emplacements virtuels dans les entrepôts et de procéder "
|
||
"aux étapes suivantes, les fonctionnalités :guilabel:`Emplacements de "
|
||
"stockage` et :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` doivent être activées "
|
||
"dans l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
|
||
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres`, faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt` et "
|
||
"cochez les cases à côté d':guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` et de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes`. Ensuite, :guilabel:`sauvegardez` les"
|
||
" changements pour terminer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr "Créer et configurer un emplacement parent virtuel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
|
||
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
|
||
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de créer des emplacements de stock virtuels, il faut créer un nouvel "
|
||
"entrepôt. Ce nouvel entrepôt servira d'entrepôt *virtuel* et sera "
|
||
"l'emplacement *parent* d'autres entrepôts physiques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
|
||
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
|
||
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
|
||
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
|
||
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les entrepôts virtuels sont parfaits pour les entreprises disposant de "
|
||
"plusieurs entrepôts physiques. En effet, il peut arriver qu'un entrepôt soit"
|
||
" en rupture de stock pour un produit donné, mais qu'un autre entrepôt "
|
||
"dispose encore de stocks. Dans ce cas, les stocks de ces deux entrepôts (ou "
|
||
"plus) peuvent être utilisés pour honorer une seule commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
|
||
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'entrepôt \"virtuel\" agit comme un agrégateur unique de tout l'inventaire "
|
||
"stocké dans les entrepôts physiques d'une entreprise et est utilisé (à des "
|
||
"fins de traçabilité) pour créer une hiérarchie d'emplacements dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
|
||
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
|
||
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
|
||
"Configuration` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un nouvel entrepôt, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Entrepôts` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Ici, vous "
|
||
"pouvez modifier le :guilabel:`Nom` et le :guilabel:`Nom court` de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt, ainsi que les autres détails de l'entrepôt dans l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Configuration de l'entrepôt`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
|
||
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
|
||
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
|
||
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
|
||
"individual products or product categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la section :guilabel:`Expéditions`, définissez le nombre d'étapes "
|
||
"utilisées pour traiter les :guilabel:`Réceptions` et les "
|
||
":guilabel:`Expéditions` en choisissant parmi les boutons radio guilabel:`1 "
|
||
"étape`, :guilabel:`2 étapes` et :guilabel:`3 étapes`. L'option souhaitée "
|
||
"pour les :guilabel:`réceptions` et les :guilabel:`expéditions` dépendra du "
|
||
"processus d'approvisionnement de l'entrepôt et peut différer pour des "
|
||
"produits individuels ou des catégories de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
|
||
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la section :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner`, configurez la ou les façons "
|
||
"dont l'entrepôt réapprovisionne son inventaire :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
|
||
" from this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner les sous-traitants` : cet entrepôt permet de "
|
||
"réapprovisionner les sous-traitants en composants."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
|
||
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabriquer pour réapprovisionner` : lorsque les produits sont "
|
||
"fabriqués, ils peuvent l'être dans cet entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
|
||
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
|
||
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
|
||
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabriquer` : pour fabriquer immédiatement, déplacer les "
|
||
"composants directement vers l'emplacement de production et lancer le "
|
||
"processus de fabrication ; pour prélever d'abord et produire ensuite, "
|
||
"décharger d'abord les composants du stock vers l'emplacement d'entrée, puis "
|
||
"les transférer vers l'emplacement de production."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
|
||
" to this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Acheter pour réapprovisionner` : lorsque des produits sont "
|
||
"achetés, ils peuvent être livrés à cet entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
|
||
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` : créer automatiquement des routes pour "
|
||
"réapprovisionner cet entrepôt à partir d'un autre entrepôt sélectionné."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
|
||
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est possible de définir et de configurer des *Routes* directement depuis "
|
||
"le formulaire d':guilabel:`Entrepôt` en cliquant sur le bouton intelligent "
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes`. Une fois que l'entrepôt est configuré, vous pouvez créer"
|
||
" des *Emplacements* virtuels."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "La page d'édition pour la création d'un nouvel entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
|
||
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
|
||
" physical stock locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afin d'appliquer cet entrepôt virtuel en tant qu'emplacement *parent* de "
|
||
"deux emplacements d'entrepôt *enfants*, vous devez configurer deux entrepôts"
|
||
" avec des emplacements de stock physiques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
|
||
msgstr "**Entrepôt parent**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : `Entrepôt virtuel`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Emplacement` : `VWH`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
|
||
msgstr "**Entrepôts enfants**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôts` : `Entrepôt A` et `Entrepôt B`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Emplacements` : `WHA/Stock` et `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un emplacement parent virtuel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
|
||
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
|
||
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour pouvoir prélever du stock dans plusieurs entrepôts afin d'honorer une "
|
||
"commande, il faut qu'il y ait au moins **deux** entrepôts qui agissent en "
|
||
"tant qu'**emplacements enfants** de l'entrepôt *parent virtuel*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
|
||
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
|
||
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
|
||
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer et éditer des *Emplacements*, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Emplacements`. Tous les :guilabel:`Emplacements` y "
|
||
"sont listés, y compris l':guilabel:`Emplacement` du *Stock* de l'entrepôt "
|
||
"virtuel qui a été créé. Cliquez sur l':guilabel:`Emplacement` du *Stock* de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt virtuel créé précédemment (:dfn:`Nom de l'entrepôt/Stock`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, dans la section :guilabel:`Informations supplémentaires`, changez "
|
||
"le :guilabel:`Type d'emplacement` d':guilabel:`Emplacement interne` en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vue`. :guilabel:`Sauvegardez` les changements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
|
||
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
|
||
"*child locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela permet d'identifier cet :guilabel:`Emplacement` en tant qu'*emplacement"
|
||
" virtuel*, utilisé pour créer une structure hiérarchique pour un entrepôt et"
|
||
" regrouper ses *emplacements enfants*. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les produits ne peuvent *pas* être stockés dans un :guilabel:`Type "
|
||
"d'emplacement` :guilabel:`Vue`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Types d'emplacement d'entrepôt sur une page de création d'emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des emplacements d'entrepôt physiques"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
|
||
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
|
||
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
|
||
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Retourner à la vue d'ensemble des :guilabel:`Emplacements` (via le fil "
|
||
"d'Ariane) et supprimez les filtres dans la :guilabel:`Barre de recherche`. "
|
||
"Cliquez ensuite sur le premier :guilabel:`emplacement` d'entrepôt physique "
|
||
"qui a été précédemment créé pour être un *emplacement enfant* et cliquez sur"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Éditer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
|
||
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Emplacement parent`, sélectionnez l'entrepôt "
|
||
"virtuel dans le menu déroulant et :guilabel:`sauvegardez` les changements. "
|
||
"Retournez ensuite à la vue d'ensemble des :guilabel:`Emplacements` et "
|
||
"répétez cette étape pour le deuxième emplacement de stock de l'entrepôt "
|
||
"physique. Veillez à égalememnt :guilabel:`sauvegarder` les changements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
|
||
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
|
||
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les deux emplacements sont à présent des *emplacements enfants* de "
|
||
"l'*emplacement parent* qui est l'entrepôt virtuel. Cela permet de prélever "
|
||
"du stock dans plusieurs emplacements pour honorer une seule commande, si le "
|
||
"stock est insuffisant dans l'un des emplacements (à condition qu'ils soient "
|
||
"tous les deux liés au même *emplacement parent* de l'entrepôt virtuel)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de flux : Vendre un produit à partir d'un entrepôt virtuel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
|
||
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
|
||
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
|
||
"in each warehouse, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour vendre des produits à partir de plusieurs entrepôts à l'aide d'un "
|
||
"emplacement *parent* virtuel dans ce flux, vous devez configurer au moins "
|
||
"**deux** produits et au moins **deux** entrepôts - avec au moins **un** "
|
||
"produit avec une quantité disponible dans chaque entrepôt, respectivement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
|
||
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix, allez à l'application "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ventes` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` à partir de "
|
||
"l'aperçu des :guilabel:`Devis`. Complétez les informations sur le nouveau "
|
||
"devis en ajoutant un :guilabel:`Client` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un"
|
||
" produit` pour ajouter les deux produits stockés dans les deux entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
|
||
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
|
||
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
|
||
"quotation into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations` sur le "
|
||
"formulaire de commande. Dans la section :guilabel:`Livraison`, changez la "
|
||
"valeur du champ :guilabel:`Entrepôt` pour qu'elle corresponde à l'entrepôt "
|
||
"virtuel créé précédemment. Une fois que l'entrepôt a été modifié, cliquez "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour convertir le devis en bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
|
||
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
|
||
" virtual warehouse location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant que le devis a été converti en bon de commande, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison`. À partir du formulaire de "
|
||
"livraison à l'entrepôt, confirmez que la valeur de l':guilabel:`Emplacement "
|
||
"d'origine` correspond à la valeur du champ :guilabel:`Entrepôt` sur le bon "
|
||
"de commande. Les deux devraient indiquer l'emplacement de l'entrepôt "
|
||
"virtuel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
|
||
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
|
||
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L':guilabel:`Emplacement d\"origine` sur le bon de livraison à l'entrepôt et"
|
||
" l':guilabel:`Entrepôt` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations` du bon"
|
||
" de commande *doivent* correspondre pour que les produits figurant sur la "
|
||
"commande puissent être prélevés dans différents entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
|
||
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
|
||
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'entrepôt virtuel n'est pas la valeur du champ :guilabel:`Emplacement "
|
||
"d'origine` sur le bon de livraison à l'entrepôt, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Éditer`, faites le changement et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
|
||
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'entrepôt virtuel n'est pas la valeur du champ :guilabel:`Entrepôt` sur "
|
||
"le bon de commande, un nouveau devis doit être généré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
|
||
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
|
||
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
|
||
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le champ :guilabel:`Entrepôt` est absent du bon de commande, il se peut "
|
||
"que l'entrepôt virtuel (et ses entrepôts enfants) n'ait pas été configuré "
|
||
"correctement. Dans ce cas, relisez la documentation ci-dessus pour vous "
|
||
"assurer que tout est correctement paramétré/configuré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Bon de livraison avec des emplacements d'origine et enfant correspondants."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
|
||
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
|
||
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enfin, sur le bon de livraison à l'entrepôt, dans l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`, confirmez que les valeurs des "
|
||
"*Emplacements* de la colonne :guilabel:`De` de chaque produit correspondent "
|
||
"aux *emplacements enfants* qui sont liés à l'*emplacement parent* virtuel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
|
||
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
|
||
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
|
||
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir de quels *Emplacements* les produits proviennent dans les menus "
|
||
"déroulants, cliquez sur l'icône de :guilabel:`lien interne (flèche)` pour "
|
||
"développer les informations relatives à l'*Emplacement*. Le cas échéant, ces"
|
||
" informations peuvent être modifiées à partir d'ici (à condition qu'il y ait"
|
||
" une quantité disponible pour le produit dans cet emplacement)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
|
||
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
|
||
"invoice for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que tout a été correctement configuré, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Valider` et ensuite sur :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour valider la "
|
||
"livraison. Ensuite, retournez au bon de commande (par le fil d'Ariane) et "
|
||
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture` pour le facturer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
|
||
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
|
||
"employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser un emplacement *parent* virtuel en tant qu'entrepôt par défaut"
|
||
" des bons de commande, chaque vendeur peut se voir assigner l'entrepôt "
|
||
"virtuel dans le menu déroulant situé à côté du champ :guilabel:`Entrepôt par"
|
||
" défaut` sur leur fiche employé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
|
||
msgstr "Emplacement de l'entrepôt par défaut sur la fiche employé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Routes et règles des flux tiré/poussé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
|
||
"made available to the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la gestion des stocks, la stratégie de la chaîne d'approvisionnement "
|
||
"détermine quand les produits doivent être achetés/fabriqués, livrés aux "
|
||
"centres de distribution et mis à disposition du canal de vente au détail."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
|
||
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
|
||
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
|
||
" the configured push/pull rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, une stratégie de la chaîne d'approvisionnement d'un produit peut "
|
||
"être configurée à l'aide des **Routes**, qui comportent des *Règles de flux "
|
||
"tiré et poussé*. Une fois que tout est correctement configuré, l'application"
|
||
" Inventaire peut générer automatiquement des transferts suivant les règles "
|
||
"de flux poussé/tiré configurées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "À l'intérieur de l'entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
|
||
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
|
||
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
|
||
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans un entrepôt générique, il y a des quais de réception, une zone de "
|
||
"contrôle qualité, des emplacements de stockage, des zones de retrait et "
|
||
"d'emballage et des quais d'expédition. Tous les produits passent par tous "
|
||
"ces emplacements. Lorsque les produits se déplacent à travers les "
|
||
"emplacements, chaque emplacement déclenche la route et les règles définies "
|
||
"sur les produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'un entrepôt générique avec stock et zone de contrôle qualité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
|
||
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
|
||
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
|
||
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
|
||
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
|
||
"respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, les camions des fournisseurs déchargent des palettes de "
|
||
"produits commandés sur les quais de réception. Les opérateurs scannent "
|
||
"ensuite les produits dans la zone de réception. En fonction de la route et "
|
||
"des règles définies sur le produit, certains de ces produits sont envoyés à "
|
||
"une zone de contrôle qualité (par exemple, les produits qui sont des "
|
||
"composants utilisés dans le processus de fabrication), tandis que d'autres "
|
||
"sont directement stockés dans leurs emplacements respectifs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue d'une règle de flux poussé générique lors de la réception de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Voici un exemple d'une route d'exécution. Au matin, les articles sont "
|
||
"préparés pour toutes les commandes de la journée. Ces articles sont prélevés"
|
||
" de leur emplacement de stockage et déplacés vers la zone de transfert, à "
|
||
"proximité de l'endroit où les commandes sont emballées. Ensuite, les "
|
||
"commandes sont emballées dans leurs boîtes respectives et des convoyeurs les"
|
||
" amènent près des quais d'expédition, prêts à être livrés aux clients."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue d'une règle de flux tiré générique lors de la préparation de livraisons."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Pull rules"
|
||
msgstr "Règles de flux tiré"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec les *Règles de flux tiré*, une demande pour certains produits déclenche"
|
||
" des approvisionnements, tandis que les *Règles de flux poussé* sont "
|
||
"déclenchées par l'arrivée de produits à un endroit spécifique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de flux tiré sont utilisées pour exécuter une commande client. "
|
||
"Odoo génère un besoin à l'*emplacement client* pour chaque produit de la "
|
||
"commande. Comme les règles de flux tiré sont déclenchées par un besoin, Odoo"
|
||
" recherche une règle de flux tiré définie sur l'*emplacement client*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
|
||
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
|
||
"between the two locations is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans ce cas, il trouve une règle de flux tiré de type \"bon de livraison\" "
|
||
"qui transfère les produits de la *zone d'expédition* à l'*emplacement "
|
||
"client* et un transfert entre les deux emplacements est créé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, Odoo trouve une autre règle de flux tiré qui tente de répondre au "
|
||
"besoin de la *zone d'expédition* : la règle d'\"emballage\" qui transfère "
|
||
"les produits de la *zone d'emballage* vers la *zone d'expédition*. Enfin, "
|
||
"d'autres règles de flux tiré sont déclenchées jusqu'à ce qu'un transfert "
|
||
"entre le *stock* et la *zone de retrait* soit créé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
|
||
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
|
||
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
|
||
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
|
||
"finally the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tous ces transferts de produit sont automatiquement générés par Odoo en "
|
||
"fonction des règles de flux tiré, en partant de la fin (l'emplacement "
|
||
"client) et en remontant (jusqu'à l'entrepôt de stock). Pendant qu'il "
|
||
"travaille, l'opérateur traite ces transferts dans l'ordre inverse : d'abord "
|
||
"le transfert, puis l'emballage et finalement, le bon de livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Push rules"
|
||
msgstr "Règles de flux poussé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
|
||
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"D'autre part, les *Règles de flux poussé* sont beaucoup plus faciles à "
|
||
"comprendre. Au lieu de générer des documents en fonction des besoins, ils "
|
||
"sont déclenchés en temps réel lorsque les produits arrivent à un emplacement"
|
||
" spécifique. Les règles de flux poussé disent en gros : \"lorsqu'un produit "
|
||
"arrive à un emplacement spécifique, déplacez-le vers un autre emplacement\"."
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
|
||
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
|
||
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
|
||
"locations for different products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un exemple d'une règle de flux poussé serait : lorsqu'un produit arrive à la"
|
||
" *zone de réception*, déplacez-le vers l'*emplacement de stockage*. Comme "
|
||
"différentes règles de flux poussé peuvent être appliquées aux différents "
|
||
"produits, l'utilisateur peut assigner différents emplacements de stockage à "
|
||
"différents produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
|
||
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
|
||
" to their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une autre règle de flux poussé serait : lorsque des produits arrivent à un "
|
||
"emplacement, déplacez-les vers la *zone de contrôle qualité*. Ensuite, une "
|
||
"fois le contrôle qualité effectué, déplacez-les vers leur *emplacement de "
|
||
"stockage*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
|
||
"already generated the product transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de flux poussé peuvent uniquement être déclenchées si aucune "
|
||
"autre règle de flux tiré n'a déjà généré les transferts de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
|
||
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
|
||
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
|
||
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
|
||
" per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les ensembles de règles de flux tiré/poussé comme ceux-ci sont appelés des "
|
||
"*Routes*. Le regroupement sur la règle décide si les produits sont regroupés"
|
||
" dans le même transfert ou non. Par exemple, pendant l'opération de "
|
||
"transfert, toutes les commandes et leurs produits sont regroupés dans un "
|
||
"même transfert, tandis que l'opération d'emballage respecte le regroupement "
|
||
"par commande client."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Use routes and rules"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des routes et des règles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Étant donné que les *Routes* sont un ensemble de *Règles de flux tiré et "
|
||
"poussé*, Odoo vous aide à gérer des configurations de route avancées telles "
|
||
"que :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les chaînes de fabrication des produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
|
||
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définir les routes à l'intérieur de l'entrepôt de stock en fonction des "
|
||
"besoins de l'entreprise, telles que le contrôle qualité, les services après-"
|
||
"vente ou les retours des fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aider la gestion des locations en générant des retours automatisés pour les "
|
||
"produits loués."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer une route sur un produit, ouvrez d'abord l'application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventaire` et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres`. Ensuite, dans la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`, activez la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activer la fonctionnalité des routes en plusieurs étapes dans Odoo "
|
||
"Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` est activée "
|
||
"automatiquement avec la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs "
|
||
"étapes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
|
||
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois cette première étape complétée, l'utilisateur peut utiliser des "
|
||
"routes préconfigurées dans Odoo ou ils peuvent créer des routes "
|
||
"personnalisées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr "Routes préconfigurées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
|
||
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour accéder aux routes préconfigurées d'Odoo, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts`. Ensuite, ouvrez"
|
||
" la fiche de l'entrepôt. Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt`, l'utilisateur peut visualiser les routes préconfigurées pour "
|
||
"les :guilabel:`Réceptions` et les :guilabel:`Expéditions`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr "Un entrepôt préconfiguré dans Odoo Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
|
||
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
|
||
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
|
||
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Certaines routes plus avancées, telles que picking-colisage-expédition, sont"
|
||
" également disponibles. L'utilisateur peut sélectionner la route qui "
|
||
"correspond le mieux aux besoins de son entreprise. Une fois les routes "
|
||
":guilabel:`Réceptions` et :guilabel:`Expéditions` définies, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes` pour voir les "
|
||
"routes spécifiques générées par Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
|
||
msgstr "Vue de toutes les routes préconfigurées proposées par Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
|
||
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
|
||
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
|
||
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
|
||
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
|
||
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur la page des :guilabel:`Routes`, cliquez sur une route pour ouvrir sa "
|
||
"fiche. Sur la fiche, l'utilisateur peut voir à quels endroits la route est "
|
||
":guilabel:`applicable`. L'utilisateur peut également définir la route pour "
|
||
"qu'elle ne s'applique qu'à une :guilabel:`société` spécifique. C'est utile "
|
||
"pour les environnements multi-sociétés ; par exemple, un utilisateur peut "
|
||
"avoir une société et un entrepôt dans le pays A et une deuxième société et "
|
||
"un deuxième entrepôt dans le pays B."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue d'un exemple de route applicable aux catégories de produit et aux "
|
||
"entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Au bas de la fiche de la route, l'utilisateur peut voir les "
|
||
":guilabel:`Règles` spécifiques pour la route. Chaque :guilabel:`Règle` a une"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Action`, un :guilabel:`Emplacement d'origine`, et un "
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacement de destination`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un exemple de règles avec des actions pousser & tirer dans Odoo Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Routes personnalisées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
|
||
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
|
||
"places."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une route personnalisée, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Routes` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Ensuite, "
|
||
"choisissez les endroits où cette route peut être sélectionnée. Une route "
|
||
"peut s'appliquer à une combinaison d'endroits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'une route picking-colisage-expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque endroit a un comportement différent, donc il est important de ne "
|
||
"cocher que ceux qui sont utiles et d'adapter chaque route en conséquence. "
|
||
"Ensuite, configurez les :guilabel:`Règles` de la route."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
|
||
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
|
||
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la route s'applique à une catégorie de produits, la route doit toujours "
|
||
"être définie manuellement sur la fiche de la catégorie de produits en allant"
|
||
" à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits`."
|
||
" Sélectionnez ensuite la catégorie de produit et ouvrez la fiche. Cliquez "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et définissez les :guilabel:`Routes` dans la section "
|
||
":guilabel:`Logistique`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
|
||
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
|
||
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
|
||
"from the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En appliquant la route à une catégorie de produits, toutes les règles "
|
||
"configurées sur la route s'appliquent à **chaque** produit de la catégorie. "
|
||
"Ceci peut être utile si l'entreprise utilise le dropshipping pour tous les "
|
||
"produits d'une même catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'une route appliquée à la catégorie de produits \"tous\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
|
||
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
|
||
"that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La même logique s'applique aux entrepôts. Si la route peut s'appliquer aux "
|
||
":guilabel:`Entrepôts`, tous les transferts au sein de l'entrepôt sélectionné"
|
||
" qui satisfont aux conditions des règles de la route, suivront cette route."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du menu déroulant des entrepôts en cochant la case applicable aux "
|
||
"entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
|
||
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
|
||
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la route s'applique aux :guilabel:`lignes de bons de commande`, c'est "
|
||
"plus ou moins l'inverse qui se produit. La route doit être choisie "
|
||
"manuellement lors de la création d'un devis. C'est utile si certains "
|
||
"produits passent par des routes différentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pensez à afficher la colonne de la :guilabel:`Route` sur le devis/bon de "
|
||
"commande. Ensuite, la route peut être sélectionnée sur chaque ligne du "
|
||
"devis/bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du menu permettant d'ajouter de nouvelles lignes aux commandes clients."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
|
||
"manually set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalement, certaines routes peuvent s'appliquer aux produits. Celles-ci "
|
||
"fonctionnent plus ou moins de la même façon que les catégories de produits :"
|
||
" une fois sélectionnée, la route doit être définie manuellement sur la fiche"
|
||
" produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir une route sur un produit, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
|
||
"--> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez le produit souhaité. Ensuite, "
|
||
"allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et sélectionnez les "
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes` dans la section :guilabel:`Opérations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
|
||
msgstr "Vue d'une fiche produit, où la route doit être sélectionnée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220
|
||
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles doivent être définies sur la route pour que la route fonctionne."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Règles"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
|
||
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
|
||
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles sont définies sur la fiche de la route. Tout d'abord, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes` et ouvrez la fiche "
|
||
"de la route souhaitée. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer` et cliquez "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` dans la section :guilabel:`Règles`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue du menu des règles, où il est possible d'ajouter de nouvelles règles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles disponibles déclenchent diverses actions. Si Odoo propose des "
|
||
"règles *Pousser* et *Tirer*, d'autres sont également disponibles. Chaque "
|
||
"règle a une :guilabel:`Action` :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
|
||
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
|
||
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
|
||
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
|
||
"this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tirer depuis` : cette règle est déclenchée par un besoin du "
|
||
"produit à un emplacement précis. Le besoin peut provenir d'une commande "
|
||
"client en cours de validation ou d'un ordre de fabrication nécessitant un "
|
||
"composant spécifique. Lorsque le besoin apparaît dans l'emplacement de "
|
||
"destination, Odoo génère un transfert pour répondre à ce besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
|
||
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
|
||
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
|
||
"destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pousser vers` : cette règle est déclenchée par l'arrivée de "
|
||
"certains produits à l'emplacement d'origine défini. Dans le cas où "
|
||
"l'utilisateur déplace des produits vers l'emplacement source, Odoo génère un"
|
||
" transfert pour déplacer ces produits à l'emplacement de destination."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
|
||
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
|
||
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
|
||
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
|
||
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tirer & Pousser` : cette règle permet la génération de transferts"
|
||
" dans les deux situations susmentionnées. Ceci signifie que lorsque des "
|
||
"produits sont nécessaires à un emplacement spécifique, un transfert est créé"
|
||
" depuis l'emplacement précédent pour satisfaire à ce besoin. Ceci crée un "
|
||
"besoin dans l'emplacement précédent et un règle est déclenchée pour y "
|
||
"répondre. Une fois le deuxième besoin satisfait, les produits sont poussés "
|
||
"vers l'emplacement de destination et tous les besoins sont satisfaits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
|
||
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Acheter` : lorsque des produits sont nécessaires à l'emplacement "
|
||
"de destination, une demande de prix est créée pour satisfaire au besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabriquer` : lorsque des produits sont nécessaires dans "
|
||
"l'emplacement d'origine, un ordre de fabrication est créé pour répondre au "
|
||
"besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
|
||
"zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aperçu d'une règle \"Tirer depuis\" qui crée un transfert entre le stock et la zone\n"
|
||
"d'emballage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
|
||
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` doit également être défini sur la règle. "
|
||
"Ceci définit quel type de transfert sera créé à partir de la règle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l':guilabel:`Action` de la règle est définie sur :guilabel:`Tirer depuis`"
|
||
" ou :guilabel:`Tirer & Pousser`, une :guilabel:`Méthode d'approvisionnement`"
|
||
" doit être définie. La :guilabel:`Méthode d'approvisionnement` définit ce "
|
||
"qui se passe à l'emplacement d'origine :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
|
||
" of the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Prendre dans le stock` : les produits sont pris dans le stock "
|
||
"disponible de l'emplacement d'origine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
|
||
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Déclencher une autre règle` : le système tente de trouver une "
|
||
"règle de stock pour amener les produits à l'emplacement d'origine. Le stock "
|
||
"disponible est ignoré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
|
||
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
|
||
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
|
||
"products to the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Prendre dans le stock, si pas disponible, déclencher une autre "
|
||
"règle` : les produits sont pris dans le stock disponible de l'emplacement "
|
||
"d'origine. Si aucun stock n'est disponible, le système tente de trouver une "
|
||
"règle pour amener les produits à l'emplacement d'origine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la section *Programmation*, vous pouvez déterminer comment Odoo se "
|
||
"comporte lorsque l'un des transferts de la chaîne est reprogrammé. Si vous "
|
||
"décidez de **propager la reprogrammation**, le prochain déplacement sera "
|
||
"également reprogrammé. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
|
||
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous préférez avoir le choix de reprogrammer le prochain déplacement, "
|
||
"vous pouvez décider de recevoir une alerte sous la forme d'une *activité "
|
||
"suivante*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281
|
||
msgid "Sample full route flow"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple d'un flux de route complet"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
|
||
" flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, utilisons une route *Picking - Colisage - Expédition* pour"
|
||
" tenter un flux complet avec une route personnalisée avancée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
|
||
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Jetons d'abord un coup d’œil aux règles de la route et leurs méthodes "
|
||
"d'approvisionnement. Il y a trois règles, toutes des règles :guilabel:`Tirer"
|
||
" depuis`. Les :guilabel:`Méthodes d'approvisionnement` pour chaque règle "
|
||
"sont les suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Prendre dans le stock` : Lorsque des produits sont nécessaires "
|
||
"dans la :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage`, des *pickings* (transferts internes"
|
||
" de :guilabel:`WH/Stock` vers :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage`) sont créés "
|
||
"depuis :guilabel:`WH/Stock` pour répondre au besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Déclencher une autre règle` : Lorsque des produits sont "
|
||
"nécessaires en :guilabel:`WH/Sortie`, des *colis* (transferts internes "
|
||
"depuis :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage Zone` vers :guilabel:`WH/Sortie`) sont"
|
||
" créés depuis :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage` pour répondre au besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Déclencher une autre règle` : Lorsque des produits sont "
|
||
"nécessaires dans des :guilabel:`Emplacements partenaires/clients`, des *bons"
|
||
" de livraison* sont créés depuis :guilabel:`WH/Sortie` pour répondre au "
|
||
"besoin."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aperçu de tous les transferts créés par la route picking - colisage - "
|
||
"expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
|
||
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ceci signifie que lorsqu'un client commande des produits sur lesquels une "
|
||
"route *picking - colisage - expédition* est définie, un bon de livraison est"
|
||
" créé pour exécuter la commande. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue des opérations créées par une règle de flux tiré depuis un transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
|
||
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
|
||
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le document d'origine pour plusieurs transferts est la même commande "
|
||
"client, le statut n'est pas identique. Le statut sera :guilabel:`En attente "
|
||
"d'une autre opération` si le transfert précédent dans la liste n'est pas "
|
||
"encore effectué."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
|
||
msgstr "Vue des différents statuts du transfert au début du processus."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
|
||
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour préparer un bon de livraison, des produits emballés sont nécessaires "
|
||
"dans la zone de sortie, donc un transfert interne est demandé depuis la zone"
|
||
" de colisage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue des opérations détaillées d'un transfert entre les zones de colisage et "
|
||
"de sortie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Bien évidemment, la zone de colisage a besoin de produits qui sont prêts à "
|
||
"être emballés. Donc, un transfert interne est nécessaire vers le stock pour "
|
||
"que les employés puissent rassembler les produits nécessaires dans "
|
||
"l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue des opérations détaillées d'un transfert entre le stock et la zone de "
|
||
"colisage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
|
||
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
|
||
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
|
||
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
|
||
"items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme il est expliqué dans l'introduction de la documentation, la dernière "
|
||
"étape du processus (pour cette route, le bon de livraison) est la première à"
|
||
" être déclenchée et déclenchera ensuite d'autres règles jusqu'à ce que la "
|
||
"première étape du processus soit atteinte (en l'espèce, le transfert interne"
|
||
" depuis le stock vers la zone de colisage). À présent, tout est prêt à être "
|
||
"traité, donc le client peut recevoir les articles commandés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
|
||
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, le produit est livré au client lorsque toutes les règles "
|
||
"ont été déclenchées et les transferts ont été effectués."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
|
||
msgstr "Vue des statuts des transferts lorsque la route est finalisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et d'enlèvement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr "Stratégies de rangement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie de rangement ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
|
||
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une bonne organisation d'entrepôt veille à ce que les produits soient "
|
||
"automatiquement déplacés vers leur emplacement de destination approprié. "
|
||
"Pour faciliter ce processus, Odoo utilise des *Stratégies de rangement*. Le "
|
||
"rangement est le processus de prendre les produits des réceptions et les "
|
||
"mettre dans l'emplacement approprié."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, si un entrepôt contient des substances volatiles, il est "
|
||
"important de veiller à ce que certains produits ne soient pas stockés à "
|
||
"proximité les uns des autres en raison d'une réaction chimique potentielle. "
|
||
"C'est là qu'interviennent les stratégies de rangement, afin d'éviter que les"
|
||
" produits soient mal stockés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application :guilabel:`Inventaire`, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonctionnalité "
|
||
":guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes`. La fonctionnalité "
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` sera également automatiquement activée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activez les Routes en plusieurs étapes dans les paramètres de l'Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer une stratégie de rangement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
|
||
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
|
||
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
|
||
"and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans certains cas, comme un commerce de détail qui stocke des fruits et des "
|
||
"légumes, les produits devraient être stockés dans différents emplacements en"
|
||
" fonction de plusieurs facteurs tels que la fréquence, la taille, la "
|
||
"catégorie de produit, les besoins spécifiques de l'environnement, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
|
||
" the following sub-locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, supposons qu'il y a un emplacement d'entrepôt, "
|
||
"**WH/Stock**, avec les sous-emplacements suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palettes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palettes/PAL1"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palettes/PAL2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palettes/PAL3"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Étagère 1"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Étagère 2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Étagère 2/Petit réfrigérateur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Étagère 3"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
|
||
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
|
||
"redirected to the right storage location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez gérer ces emplacements avec des stratégies de rangement. Pour "
|
||
"créer une stratégie de rangement, ouvrez l'application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventaire` et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Stratégies de rangement`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer` et "
|
||
"configurez une stratégie de rangement qui indique l'emplacement principal du"
|
||
" produit avant de le rediriger vers le bon emplacement de stockage."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
|
||
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
|
||
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les stratégies de rangement peut être définies par produit/catégorie de "
|
||
"produit et/ou par type de colis (le paramètre :guilabel:`Colis` doit être "
|
||
"activé). Les stratégies de rangement sont lues successivement jusqu'à ce "
|
||
"qu'une correspondance soit trouvée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Take the following example:"
|
||
msgstr "Prenez l'exemple suivant :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
|
||
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la réception d'eau (catégorie Tous/boissons), quel que soit "
|
||
"l'emballage, elle sera redirigée vers WH/Stock/Étagère 2/Petit "
|
||
"réfrigérateur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
|
||
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la réception de canettes de jus d'orange, elles seront redirigées "
|
||
"vers WH/Stock/Étagère 2."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
|
||
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la réception d'eau ou de bouteilles de jus de pomme, emballées dans "
|
||
"des boîtes, elles seront redirigées vers WH/Stock/Étagère 3."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la réception d'une palette de canettes de limonade, elle sera "
|
||
"redirigée vers WH/Stock/Palettes/PAL1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr "Quelques exemples de stratégies de rangement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des catégories d'emplacement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
|
||
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
|
||
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une *Catégorie d'emplacement* est un attribut d'emplacement supplémentaire. "
|
||
"Des catégories d'emplacement permettent à l'utilisateur de définir la "
|
||
"quantité de produits qui peut être stockée dans l'emplacement et comment "
|
||
"l'emplacement sera sélectionné avec des stratégies de rangement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application :guilabel:`Inventaire`, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonctionnalité "
|
||
":guilabel:`Catégories d'emplacement`. Ceci entraînera l'activation "
|
||
"automatique de la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une catégorie d'emplacement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
|
||
"storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une catégorie d'emplacement, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Catégories d'emplacement` et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` et cliquez "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Catégories d'emplacement` ou allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Catégories d'emplacement` pour créer une "
|
||
"nouvelle catégorie d'emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créer des catégories d'emplacement dans les paramètres d'Odoo Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez d'abord sur :guilabel:`Créer` et donnez un nom à la catégorie "
|
||
"d'emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
|
||
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
|
||
"location is considered available to store a product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Plusieurs options permettent de limiter la capacité par poids, par produit "
|
||
"ou par type d'emballage. Le champ :guilabel:`Autoriser un nouveau produit` "
|
||
"détermine quand l'emplacement est considéré comme disponible pour stocker un"
|
||
" produit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
|
||
"location is empty."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Si l'emplacement est vide` : un produit peut être ajouté "
|
||
"seulement si l'emplacement est vide."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
|
||
"the same product is already there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Si les produits sont identiques` : un produit peut être ajouté "
|
||
"seulement si le même produit s'y trouve déjà."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
|
||
"in this location at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Autoriser les produits différents` : plusieurs produits "
|
||
"différents peuvent être stockés dans cet emplacement en même temps."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
|
||
"linked to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois les paramètres de la catégorie d'emplacement sauvegardés, la "
|
||
"catégorie d'emplacement peut être liée à un emplacement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'une catégorie d'emplacement, elle peut être liée à un "
|
||
"entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr "Catégories d'emplacement dans les stratégies de rangement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
|
||
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour poursuivre avec l'exemple susmentionné, appliquez les \"Palettes à "
|
||
"haute fréquence\" sur les emplacements PAL1 et PAL2 et remaniez les "
|
||
"stratégies de rangement comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
|
||
msgstr "Supposons qu'une palette de canettes de limonade a été reçue :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si PAL1 et PAL2 sont vides, la palette sera redirigée vers "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Palettes/PAL1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si PAL1 est plein, la palette sera redirigée vers WH/Stock/Palettes/PAL2."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si PAL1 et 2 sont pleins, la palette sera redirigée vers WH/Stock/Palettes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les catégories d'emplacement utilisées dans une variété de stratégies de "
|
||
"rangement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie d'enlèvement (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, emplacement le "
|
||
"plus proche) ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
|
||
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Généralement les *Stratégies d'enlèvement* sont définies dans les opérations"
|
||
" de transfert pour sélectionner les meilleurs produits, optimiser la "
|
||
"distance pour l'opérateur, à des fins de contrôle qualité ou pour utiliser "
|
||
"en premier les produits dont la date d'expiration est la plus proche."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsqu'un déplacement de produit doit être effectué, Odoo trouve des "
|
||
"produits disponibles qui peuvent être assignés au transfert. La façon dont "
|
||
"Odoo assigne ces produits dépend de la *Stratégie d'enlèvement* définie sur "
|
||
"la *Catégorie de produit* ou sur l'*Emplacement*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "Que se passe-t-il à l'intérieur de l'entrepôt ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Imaginez un plan d'entrepôt générique, avec des quais et zones de réception,"
|
||
" des emplacements de stockage, des zones de transfert et de colisage et des "
|
||
"quais d'expédition. Tous les produits passent par tous ces emplacements, "
|
||
"mais certaines règles, comme les stratégies d'enlèvement, peuvent avoir un "
|
||
"impact sur les produits qui seront prélevés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr "Stock vide en attente des livraisons sur les quais."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
|
||
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ici, les camions des fournisseurs déchargent des palettes de marchandises "
|
||
"sur les quais. Les opérations scannent ensuite les produits dans la zone de "
|
||
"réception avec la date de réception et la date d'expiration si le produit en"
|
||
" a une. Les produits sont alors stockés dans leurs emplacements respectifs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr "Les produits entrent dans le stock via la zone de réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
|
||
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
|
||
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
|
||
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous avez reçu plusieurs commandes pour le même produit, mais dans cet "
|
||
"exemple, les marchandises n'ont pas été reçues le même jour et elles n'ont "
|
||
"pas la même date d'expiration. Dans cette situation, logiquement, il est "
|
||
"préférable d'envoyer d'abord les produits dont la date d'expiration est la "
|
||
"plus proche. En fonction de la stratégie d'enlèvement choisie, Odoo génère "
|
||
"un transfert avec les produits qui correspondent le mieux aux "
|
||
"caractéristiques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":alt: Les produits sont emballés dans la zone de colisage pour la livraison,"
|
||
" en tenant compte des dates d'expiration."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
|
||
"transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour préparer la livraison, le lot/numéro de série du produit figure sur le "
|
||
"formulaire de transfert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne-t-il ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
|
||
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En utilisant une stratégie *First In, First Out* (FIFO), la demande de "
|
||
"certains produits déclenche une règle d'enlèvement, qui demande un transfert"
|
||
" pour le lot/numéro de série qui est entré en premier dans le stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, imaginez qu'il y a trois lots de clous dans l'entrepôt, portant"
|
||
" les numéros de lot suivants : :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`. Chaque lot contient cinq boîtes de clous."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
|
||
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
|
||
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
|
||
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` est entré dans le stock le 23 mai, :guilabel:`00002` le 25"
|
||
" mai et :guilabel:`00003` le 1er juin. Un client a commandé six boîtes le 11"
|
||
" juin. En sélectionnant la stratégie d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, "
|
||
"First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour les cinq boîtes du lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` et une des boîtes du lot :guilabel:`00002`, car "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` est entré dans le stock avant les autres. La boîte du lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`00002` est prise ensuite, car elle a la date de réception la plus"
|
||
" ancienne après le lot :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
|
||
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
|
||
" in the stock for the longest period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Donc pour chaque commande d'un produit avec la stratégie :abbr:`FIFO (First "
|
||
"In, First Out)` sélectionnée, Odoo demande un transfert pour les produits "
|
||
"qui sont en stock depuis le plus longtemps."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
|
||
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
|
||
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
|
||
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De même que la méthode :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, la stratégie "
|
||
"*Last In, First Out* (LIFO) déplace des produits en fonction de leur date "
|
||
"d'entrée dans le stock. Dans ce cas, une demande pour certains produits "
|
||
"déclenche une stratégie d'enlèvement qui demande un transfert pour le "
|
||
"lot/numéro de série qui est entré dans le stock le plus récemment."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, imaginez qu'il y a trois lots de vis dans l'entrepôt, portant "
|
||
"les numéros suivants : :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002` et "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`. Chaque lot contient 10 boîtes de vis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
|
||
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` est entré dans le stock le 1er juin, :guilabel:`10002` le "
|
||
"3 juin et :guilabel:`10003` le 6 juin. Un client a commandé sept boîtes le 8"
|
||
" juin. En sélectionnant la stratégie d'enlèvement :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, "
|
||
"First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour les sept boîtes du lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, car c'est le lot qui est entré dans le stock en dernier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
|
||
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
|
||
"is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En principe, pour chaque commande d'un produit avec la stratégie :abbr:`LIFO"
|
||
" (Last In, First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour le dernier lot entré "
|
||
"dans le stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
|
||
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La stratégie :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` est bannie dans de nombreux "
|
||
"pays et peut conduire à n'avoir en stock que des produits anciens ou "
|
||
"obsolètes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
|
||
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
|
||
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La stratégie *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) est un peu différente des "
|
||
"deux autres stratégies d'enlèvement. Pour :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)`, c'est la date d'expiration qui est importante, pas la date à laquelle"
|
||
" le produit est entré dans le stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
|
||
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
|
||
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
|
||
"with five boxes in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par exemple, imaginez qu'il y a trois lots de boîtes de six œufs (dans ce "
|
||
"cas spécifique, n'oubliez pas d'utiliser les :doc:`unités de mesure "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Ces trois lots portent les numéros "
|
||
"suivants : :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002` et :guilabel:`20003` et "
|
||
"contiennent chacun cinq boîtes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
|
||
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
|
||
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
|
||
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
|
||
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
|
||
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
|
||
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` est entré dans le stock le 1er juillet et expire le 15 "
|
||
"juillet, :guilabel:`20002` est entré le 2 juillet et expire le 14 juillet et"
|
||
" :guilabel:`20003` est entré le 4 juillet et expire le 21 juillet. Un client"
|
||
" commande six boîtes le 5 juillet. En sélectionnant la stratégie :abbr:`FEFO"
|
||
" (First Expired, First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour les cinq boîtes "
|
||
"du lot :guilabel:`20002` et une boîte du lot :guilabel:`20001`. Le transfert"
|
||
" de toutes les boîtes du lot :guilabel:`20002` est demandé, car elles ont la"
|
||
" date d'expiration la plus proche. Le transfert nécessite également une "
|
||
"boîte de :guilabel:`20001`, car elle a la date d'expiration la plus proche "
|
||
"après le lot :guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
|
||
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
|
||
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En principe, pour chaque commande client d'un produit avec la stratégie "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour le "
|
||
"produit qui a la date d'expiration la plus proche de la date de la commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Closest Location"
|
||
msgstr "Emplacement le plus proche"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
|
||
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
|
||
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
|
||
"that do not deteriorate with time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La stratégie de l'*emplacement le plus proche* est complètement différente "
|
||
"des autres stratégies d'enlèvement. Elle n'est pas basée sur la date "
|
||
"d'entrée dans l'entrepôt, mais plutôt sur l'emplacement du produit. Elle est"
|
||
" généralement utilisée pour les produits qui ne se détériorent pas avec le "
|
||
"temps."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
|
||
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
|
||
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
|
||
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
|
||
"alphabetic order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'objectif est d'éviter que le magasinier n'effectue un long trajet jusqu'au"
|
||
" fond du stock, alors que le produit se trouve également à proximité. Cette "
|
||
"méthode est uniquement disponible si le paramètre :guilabel:`Emplacements de"
|
||
" stockage` est activé. L'emplacement le plus proche est en fait celui qui "
|
||
"vient en premier dans l'ordre alphabétique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Use removal strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des stratégies d'enlèvement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
|
||
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour différencier certaines unités des autres, les unités doivent être "
|
||
"suivies, soit par *lot*, soit par *numéro de série*. Pour ce faire, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez les "
|
||
"paramètres :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`, :guilabel:`Routes en "
|
||
"plusieurs étapes` et :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fonctionnalités à activer pour correctement utiliser les stratégies "
|
||
"d'enlèvement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser la stratégie :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, activez "
|
||
"également la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Dates d'expiration`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories"
|
||
" de produits` pour définir la stratégie d'enlèvement sur une catégorie de "
|
||
"produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'enlèvement comme First In, First Out."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
|
||
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
|
||
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
|
||
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme il est expliqué ci-dessus, une stratégie d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)` implique que les produits stockés en premier, sortent"
|
||
" en premier. Les sociétés devraient utiliser cette méthode si elles vendent "
|
||
"des produits dont le cycle de demande est court, comme des vêtements, et "
|
||
"pour s'assurer qu'elles ne gardent pas des modèles dépassés en stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
|
||
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
|
||
"the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, il y a trois lots de t-shirts blancs. Les t-shirts "
|
||
"proviennent de la catégorie :guilabel:`Tous/Vêtements`, pour laquelle la "
|
||
"stratégie d'enlèvement *FIFO* est définie. Dans l'emplacement de stock "
|
||
"(:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), l'utilisateur peut trouver les trois lots "
|
||
"disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr "Vue de la valorisation de l'inventaire des lots de t-shirt blanc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
|
||
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le lot :guilabel:`000001` contient cinq t-shirts, le lot :guilabel:`000002` "
|
||
"contient trois t-shirts et le lot :guilabel:`000003` contient deux t-shirts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
|
||
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme il est expliqué ci-dessus, le lot :guilabel:`000001` est entré dans le"
|
||
" stock en premier. Créez à présent une commande client de six t-shirts "
|
||
"blancs pour vérifier que ces produits du lot :guilabel:`000001` sont les "
|
||
"premiers à sortir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
|
||
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
|
||
"strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur la livraison liée au transfert, les numéros de lots les plus anciens "
|
||
"auraient dû être réservés grâce à la stratégie :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
|
||
"Out)` strategy."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Deux lots réservés pour une commande client grâce à la stratégie FIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
|
||
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec la stratégie *LIFO*, c'est tout le contraire. En effet, les produits "
|
||
"reçus en dernier sortent en premier. La stratégie :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, "
|
||
"First Out)` est surtout utilisée pour les produits qui n'ont pas de durée de"
|
||
" conservation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
|
||
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cet exemple, utilisons à nouveau l'exemple des t-shirts blancs pour "
|
||
"tester la stratégie :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`. Ouvrez d'abord la "
|
||
"catégorie de produit via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Catégories de produits` et changez la stratégie d'enlèvement en :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La stratégie Last In, First Out définie comme stratégie d'enlèvement forcée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
|
||
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez ensuite une commande client pour quatre t-shirts blancs et vérifiez "
|
||
"que les produits réservés proviennent des lots :guilabel:`000003` et "
|
||
":guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Deux lots réservés pour une commande client grâce à la stratégie LIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
|
||
"in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"N'oubliez pas que la stratégie :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` est bannie "
|
||
"dans de nombreux pays !"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
|
||
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
|
||
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec la stratégie d'enlèvement :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, la "
|
||
"façon dont les produits sont prélevés n'est pas basée sur la date de "
|
||
"réception. Dans ce cas particulier, ils sont expédiés en fonction de leur "
|
||
"date d'expiration."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour plus d'informations sur les dates d'expiration, consultez :doc:`la "
|
||
"documentation correspondante "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
|
||
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
|
||
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
|
||
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En activant la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Dates d'expiration`, il est "
|
||
"possible de définir différentes dates d'expiration sur les numéros de "
|
||
"série/lot qui seront utilisés dans la stratégie :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, "
|
||
"First Out)`. Ces dates d'expiration peuvent être définies en allant à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr "Vue de la date d'enlèvement pour 0000001."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les lots sont prélevés en fonction de leur date d'enlèvement, de la plus "
|
||
"ancienne à la plus récente. Les lots dont la date d'enlèvement n'est pas "
|
||
"définie sont prélevés après les lots dont la date d'enlèvement est définie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les autres dates sont données à titre d'information et d'analyse. Si les "
|
||
"lots dont la date d'expiration est dépassée ne sont pas retirés du stock, "
|
||
"ils peuvent encore être prélevés pour des bons de livraison !"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser la stratégie :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et "
|
||
"définissez :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Forcer la stratégie d'enlèvement`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vue de la stratégie FEFO en cours de configuration comme stratégie "
|
||
"d'enlèvement forcée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
|
||
"them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ce cas particulier, imaginez un stock de crème pour les mains. Il y a "
|
||
"trois lots."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr "**Produit**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr "**Date d'expiration**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr "0000001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr "Crème pour les mains"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "30/09/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr "0000002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "30/11/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr "0000003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr "31/10/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
|
||
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'une commande client de 25 unités de crème pour les "
|
||
"mains, Odoo réserve automatiquement les lots avec la date d'expiration la "
|
||
"plus récente, :guilabel:`0000001` et :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Deux lots de crème pour les mains sont réservés pour une commande client "
|
||
"avec la stratégie FEFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Opérations d'expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo peut gérer plusieurs modes de livraison, y compris des expéditeurs "
|
||
"externes. Odoo sera lié au système de suivi de la société de transport."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il vous permet de gérer la société de transport, les prix réels et la "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement annuler la demande faite au système du transporteur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le bon de livraison n'est pas **validé**, la demande n'a pas été faite. "
|
||
"Vous pouvez annuler la livraison ou modifier le transporteur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez cliqué sur **Valider**, la demande a été faite et vous devez "
|
||
"avoir reçu le numéro de suivi et l'étiquette. Vous pouvez toujours annuler "
|
||
"la demande. Cliquez simplement sur le bouton **Annuler* à côté de la **réf. "
|
||
"suivi transporteur** :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "Vous pouvez voir à présent que l'envoi a été annulé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "Vous pouvez à présent modifier le transporteur si vous le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir annulé la demande d'expédition, vous pouvez modifier le "
|
||
"transporteur que vous voulez utiliser. Confirmez-le en cliquant sur le "
|
||
"bouton **Envoyer à l'expéditeur**. Vous recevrez un nouveau numéro de suivi "
|
||
"et une nouvelle étiquette."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser le dropshipping pour expédier directement les produits des "
|
||
"fournisseurs aux clients"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
|
||
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
|
||
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
|
||
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
|
||
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
|
||
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le dropshipping est une stratégie d'exécution des commandes qui permet aux "
|
||
"vendeurs de faire expédier les articles directement des fournisseurs aux "
|
||
"clients. Normalement, un vendeur achète un produit à un fournisseur, le "
|
||
"stocke et l'expédie au client final une fois la commande passée. Avec le "
|
||
"dropshipping, le fournisseur est responsable du stockage et de l'expédition "
|
||
"de l'article. Le vendeur bénéficie ainsi d'une réduction des coûts "
|
||
"d'inventaire, y compris le coût d'exploitation des entrepôts."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer les produits à expédier par dropshipping"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
|
||
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
|
||
"enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez les cases \"Peut être vendu\" et \"Peut être acheté\" sur la fiche du"
|
||
" produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
|
||
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
|
||
"purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` et précisez un fournisseur et le "
|
||
"prix auquel il vend le produit. Il est possible d'ajouter plusieurs "
|
||
"fournisseurs, mais celui qui figure en tête de liste sera automatiquement "
|
||
"sélectionné pour les bons de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
|
||
msgstr "La fiche de produit avec un fournisseur précisé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enfin, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et cochez la case "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` dans la section :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr "Activez l'option Dropshipping dans l'onglet inventaire du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
|
||
msgstr "Exécuter des commandes en dropshipping"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
|
||
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
|
||
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
|
||
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
|
||
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
|
||
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une commande de dropshpping avec le bouton intelligent Achat dans le coin "
|
||
"supérieur droit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
|
||
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
|
||
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois la demande de prix confirmée, elle se transforme en bon de commande"
|
||
" et un dropshipping est créé et lié à celui-ci. La réception peut être "
|
||
"consultée en cliquant sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` dans "
|
||
"le coin supérieur droit du formulaire de bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un bon de commande de dropshipping avec le bouton intelligent Réception dans"
|
||
" le coin supérieur droit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
|
||
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
|
||
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
|
||
"confirm the delivered quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La réception de dropshipping affichera le fournisseur dans la section "
|
||
":guilabel:`Recevoir de` et le client dans la section :guilabel:`Emplacement "
|
||
"destinataire`. Lors de la livraison du produit au client, cliquez sur le "
|
||
"bouton :guilabel:`Valider` en haut à gauche de la réception de dropshipping "
|
||
"pour confirmer la quantité livrée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
|
||
msgstr "Validez la réception de dropshipping après livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
|
||
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton vert sur la carte Dropship pour afficher toutes les "
|
||
"commandes de dropshipping."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment facturer les frais d'expédition au client ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais d'expédition :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se mettre d'accord avec le client sur un prix et l'insérer dans le bon de "
|
||
"commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "Facturer le prix réel de l'expédition."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer le prix de vos modes de livraison, allez à l'application "
|
||
"**Inventaire** et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Livraison "
|
||
"--> Modes d'expédition`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez définir manuellement le coût de l'expédition : il peut être fixe"
|
||
" ou être fondé sur des règles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de "
|
||
"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment facturer les frais d'expédition au client ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Facturer le prix indiqué sur le bon de commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur votre bon de commande, choisissez le transporteur auquel il sera fait "
|
||
"appel. Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir le bon."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le prix est calculé lorsque vous **sauvegardez** le bon de commande ou "
|
||
"lorsque vous cliquez sur **Définir le prix**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour facturer les frais de livraison sur le bon de commande, cliquez sur "
|
||
"**Définir le prix** et une ligne sera ajoutée avec le nom du mode de "
|
||
"livraison en tant que produit. Il peut différer du prix réel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous créez la facture, elle prendra en compte le prix défini sur le "
|
||
"bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "Facturer les frais d'expédition réels"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le prix est calculé lorsque vous **sauvegardez** le bon de commande. "
|
||
"Confirmez le bon de commande et procédez à la livraison du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les frais d'expédition réels sont calculés lors de la validation du bon de "
|
||
"livraison. Vous pouvez voir le prix réel dans le chatter du bon de "
|
||
"livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "Revenez au bon de commande, le prix réel y a été ajouté."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous créez une facture, elle prendra en compte le prix calculé par "
|
||
"le transporteur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous fractionnez la livraison et si vous en faites plusieurs, chaque bon "
|
||
"de commande ajoutera une ligne au bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Change shipping label size"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
|
||
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
|
||
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
|
||
"to fit the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a "
|
||
"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, "
|
||
"*FedEx International* will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different shipping methods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
|
||
"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on "
|
||
"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a label type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
|
||
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
|
||
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
|
||
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
|
||
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
|
||
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Example labels"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
|
||
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
|
||
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo peut gérer différents modes de livraison, y compris les expéditeurs "
|
||
"externes liés au système de suivi de la société de transport. Il vous permet"
|
||
" de gérer la société de transport, les prix réels et la destination. Enfin, "
|
||
"vous pourrez imprimer les étiquettes d'expédition directement depuis Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "Installer le module de connecteur avec la société de transport"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
|
||
" Paramètres`. Sous la section **Connecteurs d'expédition**, cochez les cases"
|
||
" à côté des sociétés de transport que vous voulez intégrer :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Sauvegarder**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer le mode de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez au module **Inventaire**, "
|
||
"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes d'expédition`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les modes de livraison pour les expéditeurs sélectionnés ont été créés "
|
||
"automatiquement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet **Tarif**, le nom du fournisseur signifie que la livraison "
|
||
"sera gérée et calculée par le système de l'expéditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "La configuration de l'expéditeur est divisée en deux colonnes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première est liée à **votre compte** (clé développeur, mot de passe,...)."
|
||
" Pour plus d'informations, consultez le site web du fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La deuxième colonne varie en fonction du **fournisseur**. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"choisir le type d'emballage, le type de service, l'unité de poids,..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr "Décochez la case **Mode test** lorsque vous avez terminé les tests."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afin de calculer le bon prix, le fournisseur a besoin des informations de "
|
||
"votre entreprise. Assurez-vous que votre adresse et numéro de téléphone "
|
||
"soient correctement encodés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour vérifier vos informations, allez à l'application **Paramètres** et "
|
||
"cliquez sur **Paramètres généraux**. Cliquez sur le premier lien "
|
||
"**Configurer les données de votre société**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La société de transport a besoin de connaître le poids de votre produit, "
|
||
"sinon le calcul du prix est impossible."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez au module **Ventes**, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> "
|
||
"Produits`. Ouvrez les produits que vous voulez expédier et définissez un "
|
||
"poids."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le poids sur la fiche produit est exprimé en kilogrammes. N'oubliez pas de "
|
||
"faire la conversion si vous êtes habitué au système impérial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le bon de livraison créé à partir de la commande reprendra les informations "
|
||
"d'expédition de celle-ci, mais vous pouvez changer le transporteur si vous "
|
||
"le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous créez un transfert de livraison à partir du module Inventaire, vous "
|
||
"pouvez ajouter l'expéditeur externe dans l'onglet Informations "
|
||
"supplémentaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Valider** pour recevoir le numéro de suivi et **le ou les "
|
||
"étiquettes**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'étiquette à coller sur votre colis est disponible dans l'historique situé "
|
||
"en dessous :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez dessus pour ouvrir le document et imprimez l'étiquette :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous effectuez des envois de plusieurs colis, la plupart du temps, il y "
|
||
"aura une étiquette par colis. Chaque étiquette apparaîtra dans l'historique "
|
||
"des livraisons."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même bon de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, Odoo considère que votre livraison est composée d'un seul colis."
|
||
" Toutefois, vous pouvez facilement expédier vos livraisons avec plus d'un "
|
||
"colis. Il est entièrement intégré avec les expéditeurs externes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez au menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la "
|
||
"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour "
|
||
"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes, ...**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "Processus de vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Commande client"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur un **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison de plusieurs colis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La livraison créée à partir de la commande reprendra les informations "
|
||
"d'expédition de celle-ci."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir d'ici, vous pouvez diviser votre livraison en plusieurs colis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans"
|
||
" la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Mettre en colis**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres articles que vous voulez emballer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Valider** lorsque vous avez terminé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr "Colis multiples avec un expéditeur externe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois le bon de commande validé, vous recevrez le numéro de suivi. Le "
|
||
"champ **réf. suivi transporteur** sera automatiquement complété. Cliquez sur"
|
||
" le bouton **Suivi** pour vérifier votre livraison sur le site web du "
|
||
"fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les **étiquettes** à coller sur vos colis sont disponibles dans l'historique"
|
||
" situé en dessous :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer l'expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment configurer un mode de livraison ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo peut gérer différents modes de livraison, mais ils ne sont pas activés "
|
||
"par défaut. Les modes de livraison peuvent être utilisés pour vos commandes "
|
||
"clients, vos livraisons, mais aussi pour votre eCommerce."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les modes de livraison vous permettent de gérer la société de transport, le "
|
||
"prix et la destination. Vous pouvez même intégrer des expéditeurs externes à"
|
||
" Odoo afin de calculer le prix réel et les emballages."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Installer le module Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les modes de livraison sont gérés par le module **Frais de livraison**. "
|
||
"Allez à **Apps** et cherchez le module. Vous devez supprimer le filtre "
|
||
"*Apps* afin de le voir :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez intégrer des modes de livraison à votre eCommerce, vous devez"
|
||
" installer le module **eCommerce livraison**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "Définissez d'abord un nom et une société de transport."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devrez ensuite définir le tarif. Il peut être fixe ou fondé sur des "
|
||
"règles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le prix est fixe, cochez la case **Prix fixe**. Vous devrez définir le "
|
||
"prix. Si vous voulez offrir la livraison au-delà d'un certain montant, "
|
||
"cochez l'option **Gratuit si le montant de la commande est supérieur à** et "
|
||
"définissez un prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le prix varie selon des règles, cochez la case **Fondé sur des règles**. "
|
||
"Cliquez sur **ajouter un article à une règle de tarification**. Choisissez "
|
||
"une condition basée sur le poids, le volume, le prix ou la quantité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enfin, vous pouvez limiter le mode de livraison à quelques destinations. La "
|
||
"limite peut être appliquée à certains pays, états ou même codes postaux. "
|
||
"Cette fonctionnalité permet de limiter la liste des pays sur votre "
|
||
"eCommerce."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez intégrer des expéditeurs externes à Odoo afin de calculer le "
|
||
"prix réel et les emballages et gérer l'impression des étiquettes "
|
||
"d'expédition. Voir :doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "Processus de livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez à présent choisir le **mode de livraison** sur votre bon de "
|
||
"commande. Si vous voulez facturer le prix de la livraison sur le bon de "
|
||
"commande, cliquez sur **Fixer le prix** et une ligne sera ajoutée avec le "
|
||
"nom du mode de livraison en tant que produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Livraison"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez ajouter ou changer le mode de livraison sur la livraison en tant"
|
||
" que telle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sur la livraison, vérifiez les **informations relatives au transporteur**. "
|
||
"Le transporteur est le mode de livraison choisi."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment obtenir des identifiants DHL pour l'intégration avec Odoo ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour utiliser l'API Odoo DHL, vous aurez besoin de :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "Un identifiant ID du site DHL.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "Un numéro de compte DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Obtenir un ID de site et un mot de passe pour des pays autres que les États-"
|
||
"Unis (Royaume-Unie et le reste du monde)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous devez contacter le responsable de compte DHL et demander l'intégration "
|
||
"de l'API XML Express. Le service presales devrait vous fournir des "
|
||
"identifiants en direct."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr "Obtenir un ID de site et un mot de passe pour les États-Unis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour obtenir un accès API, vous devez écrire à xmlrequests@dhl.com en "
|
||
"indiquant tous les détails de votre compte, tels que votre numéro de compte,"
|
||
" région, adresse, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer les services d'expédition de Sendcloud dans Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
|
||
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
|
||
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sendcloud est un agrégateur de services d'expédition qui facilite "
|
||
"l'intégration des transporteurs européens avec Odoo. Après l'intégration des"
|
||
" transporteurs, les utilisateurs peuvent les sélectionner sur les opérations"
|
||
" d'inventaire dans leur base de données Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
|
||
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Documentation sur l'intégration de Sendcloud documentation "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-"
|
||
"integration>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration dans Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un compte et activer les transporteurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
|
||
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
|
||
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour démarrer, allez à la `plateforme Sendcloud "
|
||
"<https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ pour configurer le compte et générer les "
|
||
"identifiants du connecteur. Connectez-vous avec le compte Sendcloud ou "
|
||
"créez-en un nouveau si nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
|
||
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
|
||
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
|
||
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un nouveau compte, Sendcloud demandera un numéro de :abbr:`TVA "
|
||
"(taxe sur la valeur ajoutée)` ou un numéro :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' "
|
||
"Registration and Identification)`. Après avoir configuré le compte, activez "
|
||
"(ou désactivez) les transporteurs qui seront utilisés dans la base de "
|
||
"données Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
|
||
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
|
||
"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
|
||
"required."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'intégration de Sendcloud dans Odoo fonctionne sur les plans gratuits de "
|
||
"Sendcloud *seulement* si un compte bancaire est lié, car Sendcloud n'expédie"
|
||
" pas gratuitement. Pour utiliser les règles d'expédition ou les contacts "
|
||
"personnalisés avec les transporteurs, un plan payant de Sendcloud est "
|
||
"nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
|
||
" address`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois connecté au compte Sendcloud, allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres "
|
||
"--> Expédition --> Adresses` et complétez le champ :guilabel:`Adresse de "
|
||
"l'entrepôt`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter les adresses dans les paramètres de Sendcloud."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
|
||
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
|
||
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
|
||
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour permettre à Sendcloud de traiter également les retours, une "
|
||
":guilabel:`adresse de retour` est nécessaire. Sous la :guilabel:`section "
|
||
"divers`, il y a un champ :guilabel:`Nom d'adresse (optionnel)`. Vous devez "
|
||
"saisir le nom de l'entrepôt Odoo ici et les caractères doivent être "
|
||
"identiques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
|
||
msgstr "**Configuration SendCloud**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Divers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom d'adresse (optionnel)` : `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Marque` : `Par défaut`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
|
||
msgstr "**Configuration de l'entrepôt Odoo**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom court` : `WH`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Société` : `My company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse` : `My Company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
|
||
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que le champs :guilabel:`Entrepôt` doit être identique pour la "
|
||
"configuration Odoo et pour la configuration Sendcloud. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
|
||
msgstr "Générer des identifiants Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
|
||
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le compte Sendcloud, naviguez vers :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
|
||
"Intégrations` dans le menu de droite. Ensuite, recherchez :guilabel:`Odoo "
|
||
"Native`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Connecter`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
|
||
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
|
||
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
|
||
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Connecter`, la page redirige vers la page "
|
||
"des paramètres :guilabel:`Sendcloud API`, où les :guilabel:`clés publiques "
|
||
"et secrètes` sont générées. L'étape suivante consiste à nommer "
|
||
"l':guilabel:`intégration`. La règle d'affectation des noms est la suivante :"
|
||
" `Odoo CompanyName`, avec le nom de l'entreprise de l'utilisateur remplaçant"
|
||
" `CompanyName` (par ex. `Odoo StealthyWood`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
|
||
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
|
||
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Points relais` et sélectionnez "
|
||
"les services d'expédition pour cette intégration. Après sauvegarde, les "
|
||
":guilabel:`clés publiques et secrètes` sont générées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configuration de l'intégration Sendcloud et réception des identifiants."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
|
||
msgstr "Installer le module d'expédition Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
|
||
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
|
||
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après la configuration du compte Sendcloud, il est temps de configurer la "
|
||
"base de données Odoo. Pour démarrer, allez au module "
|
||
":guilabel:`Applications` d'Odoo, cherchez l'intégration "
|
||
":guilabel:`Expédition Sendcloud` et installez-la."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
|
||
msgstr "Module d'expédition Sendcloud dans le module Applications d'Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuration du connecteur d'expédition Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois installé, activez le module :guilabel:`Expédition Sendcloud` dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le paramètre "
|
||
":guilabel:`Connecteur SendCloud` se trouve sous la section "
|
||
":guilabel:`Connecteurs d'expédition`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
|
||
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir activé le :guilabel:`Connecteur SendCloud`, cliquez sur le lien "
|
||
":guilabel:`Modes d'expédition Sendcloud` sous le connecteur répertorié. Une "
|
||
"fois sur la page des :guilabel:`modes d'expédition`, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est également possible d'accéder aux :guilabel:`modes d'expédition` en "
|
||
"allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Livraison --> "
|
||
"Modes d'expédition`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complétez les champs suivants dans le formulaire du :guilabel:`Nouveau mode "
|
||
"d'expédition` :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Mode d'expédition` : écrivez `Sendcloud DPD`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : sélectionnez :guilabel:`Sendcloud` dans le menu "
|
||
"déroulant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
|
||
"shipping method or create a new product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit de livraison` : définissez le produit qui a été configuré"
|
||
" pour ce mode d'expédition ou créez un nouveau produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud`, saisissez la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Clé publique Sendcloud`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud`, saisissez la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Clé secrète Sendcloud`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegardez` le formulaire manuellement en cliquant sur l'icône "
|
||
"du nuage à côté du fil d'Ariane :guilabel:`Modes d'expédition / Nouveau`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
|
||
"shipping products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir configuré et sauvegardé le formulaire, suivez ces étapes pour "
|
||
"charger les produits d'expédition :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
|
||
"products` link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud` du formulaire "
|
||
":guilabel:`Nouveau mode d'expédition`, cliquez sur le lien "
|
||
":guilabel:`Chargez vos produits d'expédition SendCloud`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
|
||
"and returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionnez les produits d'expédition que la société souhaite utiliser pour"
|
||
" les livraisons et les retours."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de produits d'expédition Sendcloud configurés dans Odoo :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`LIVRAISON`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit d'expédition` : `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporteur` : `DPD`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids minimum` : `0.00`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids maximum` : `31.50`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
|
||
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
|
||
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
|
||
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
|
||
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
|
||
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pays` : `Autriche` `Belgique` `Bosnie-Herzégovine` `Bulgarie` "
|
||
"`Croatie` `République tchèque` `Danemark` `Estonie` `Finlande` `France` "
|
||
"`Allemagne` `Grèce` `Hongrie` `Islande` `Irlande` `Italie` `Lettonie` "
|
||
"`Liechtenstein` `Lituanie` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Pays-Bas` `Norvège` "
|
||
"`Pologne` `Portugal` `Roumanie` `Serbie` `Slovaquie` `Slovénie` `Espagne` "
|
||
"`Suède` `Suisse`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`RETOUR`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit d'expédition de retour` : `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporteur de retour` : `DPD`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids minimum du retour` : `0.00`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids maximum du retour` : `20.00`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Pays de retour` : `Belgique` `Pays-Bas`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Exemple des produits d'expédition configurés dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
|
||
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
|
||
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
|
||
" within 24 hours of creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sendcloud ne fournit pas de clés d'essai lorsqu'une entreprise teste l'envoi"
|
||
" d'un colis dans Odoo. Ceci signifie que si un colis est créé, le compte "
|
||
"Sendcloud sera facturé, à moins que le colis associé ne soit annulé dans les"
|
||
" 24 heures suivant sa création."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
|
||
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
|
||
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
|
||
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
|
||
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo dispose d'une couche de protection intégrée contre les frais non "
|
||
"désirés lors de l'utilisation d'environnements de test. Dans un "
|
||
"environnement de test, si un mode d'expédition est utilisé pour créer des "
|
||
"étiquettes, ces étiquettes sont immédiatement annulées après la création - "
|
||
"cela se fait automatiquement. Grâce aux :guilabel:`boutons intelligents` "
|
||
"dans les paramètres, vous pouvez passer d'un environnement de test à un "
|
||
"environnement de production et vice versa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr "Générer une étiquette avec Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
|
||
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
|
||
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
|
||
"following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'un devis dans Odoo, ajoutez l'expédition et un "
|
||
":guilabel:`produit d'expédition Sendcloud`. Ensuite, :guilabel:`validez` la "
|
||
"livraison. Les documents d'étiquettes d'expédition sont générés "
|
||
"automatiquement dans le chatter, qui comprennent les éléments suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Étiquette(s) d'expédition` selon le nombre de colis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
|
||
"returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Étiquette(s) de retour` si le connecteur Sendcloud est configuré "
|
||
"pour les retours."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Document(s) de douane` si le pays de destination les exige."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
|
||
msgstr "De plus, le numéro de suivi est maintenant disponible."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
|
||
"configured Sendcloud account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque les étiquettes de retour sont créées, Sendcloud débitera "
|
||
"automatiquement le compte Sendcloud configuré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
|
||
msgid "FAQ"
|
||
msgstr "FAQ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
|
||
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
|
||
msgstr "L'envoi est trop lourd"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
|
||
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
|
||
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
|
||
"transfer and generate labels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si l'envoi est trop lourd pour le service Sendcloud configuré, le poids est "
|
||
"divisé pour simuler plusieurs colis. Les produits devront être mis en "
|
||
"différents :guilabel:`colis` pour :guilabel:`valider` le transfert et "
|
||
"générer les étiquettes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
|
||
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
|
||
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est possible de configurer des :guilabel:`règles` dans Sendcloud pour "
|
||
"utiliser d'autres modes d'expédition quand le poids est trop lourd. "
|
||
"Cependant, notez que ces règles ne s'appliquent pas au calcul du prix "
|
||
"d'expédition sur le calcul du bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
|
||
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
|
||
msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation d'un contrat de transport personnel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
|
||
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
|
||
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de l'utilisation d'un contrat de transport personnel dans Sendcloud, si"
|
||
" le prix n'est pas reflété avec précision lors de la création d'un devis "
|
||
"dans Odoo, les informations de tarification doivent être mises à jour dans "
|
||
"Sendcloud."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
|
||
msgstr "Calcul du poids volumétrique"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
|
||
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
|
||
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
|
||
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De nombreux transporteurs ont plusieurs mesures pour le poids. Il y a le "
|
||
"poids réel des produits contenus dans le colis et il y a le *poids "
|
||
"volumétrique* (:dfn:`Le poids volumétrique est la place que le colis prend "
|
||
"en transit. En d'autres termes, c'est la taille physique d'un colis`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
|
||
" the volumetric weight."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez si le ou les transporteurs sélectionnés ont déjà défini des "
|
||
"formules pour calculer le poids volumétrique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
|
||
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud : Comment calculer & automatiser le poids volumétrique d'un colis"
|
||
" <https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
|
||
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
|
||
msgstr "Impossible de calculer les frais d'expédition"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
|
||
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
|
||
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
|
||
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vérifiez d'abord que le poids du produit à expédier est pris en charge par "
|
||
"le mode d'expédition sélectionné. Si c'est le cas, vérifiez que le pays de "
|
||
"destination (à partir de l'adresse du client) est pris en charge par le "
|
||
"transporteur. Le pays d'origine (adresse de l'entrepôt) doit également être "
|
||
"pris en charge par le transporteur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur externe ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo peut gérer différents modes de livraison, y compris les expéditeurs "
|
||
"externes. Odoo peut être relié au système de suivi des sociétés de "
|
||
"transport. Il vous permettra de gérer la société de transport, les prix "
|
||
"réels et la destination."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module Inventaire, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres`. Sous **Connecteurs avec les transporteurs**, cochez les cases "
|
||
"des sociétés de transport que vous voulez intégrer :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les modes de livraison pour les expéditeurs choisis ont été créés "
|
||
"automatiquement. La plupart du temps, il y aura **2** modes de livraison "
|
||
"pour le même fournisseur : un pour le transport **international** et un "
|
||
"autre pour le transport **national**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez créer d'autres modes avec le même fournisseur, mais une autre "
|
||
"configuration, par exemple le **Type d'emballage**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez changer le **nom** du mode de livraison. C'est le nom qui "
|
||
"apparaîtra sur votre eCommerce."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cochez la case **Expédition activée** lorsque vous êtes prêt à l'utiliser."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'onglet Tarif le nom du fournisseur choisi sous **Calcul du prix** "
|
||
"signifie que le tarif sera calculé par le système de l'expéditeur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "La configuration de l'expéditeur est divisée en deux colonnes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première est liée à **votre compte** (clé développeur, mot de passe,...)."
|
||
" Pour plus d'informations, consultez le site web du fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalement, vous pouvez limiter le mode de livraison à quelques "
|
||
"destinations. Vous pouvez le limiter à certains pays, états ou même codes "
|
||
"postaux. Cette fonctionnalité limite la liste des payx sur votre eCommerce. "
|
||
"Elle est utile pour les fournisseurs nationaux. Par exemple, USPS US ne "
|
||
"livre que des États-Unis vers les États-Unis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez au menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Ventes --> Produits`. Ouvrez les "
|
||
"produits que vous voulez expédier et définissez un poids."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le poids sur la fiche produit est exprimé en kilogrammes. N'oubliez pas de "
|
||
"faire la conversion si vous êtes habitué au système impérial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. "
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le prix est calculé quand vous sauvegardez le bon de commande ou quand vous "
|
||
"cliquez sur **Définir le prix**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez facturer le prix de la livraison sur la commande, cliquez sur"
|
||
" **Définir le prix** et une ligne sera ajoutée avec le nom du mode de "
|
||
"livraison en tant que produit. Il peut différer du prix réel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est "
|
||
"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations,"
|
||
" consultez le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La livraison créée à partir de la commande reprendra les informations "
|
||
"d'expédition de celle-ci. Vous pouvez changer le transporteur si vous le "
|
||
"souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le poids est calculé en fonction du poids du produit. Les frais d'expédition"
|
||
" seront calculés dès que le transfert est validé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur **Valider** pour recevoir le numéro de suivi. Le champ **réf. "
|
||
"suivi transporteur** sera automatiquement complété. Cliquez sur le bouton "
|
||
"**Suivi** pour vérifier votre livraison sur le site web du fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "Comment obtenir des identifiants UPS pour l'intégration avec Odoo ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Pour utiliser l'API Odoo UPS, vous aurez besoin de :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "Un numéro de compte UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Une clé d'accès"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une clé d'accès est un code alphanumérique de 16 caractères qui vous permet "
|
||
"d'accéder aux serveurs de développement et de production de l'API du Kit du "
|
||
"développeur d'UPS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un compte UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que seuls les clients situés aux États-Unis peuvent ouvrir un compte "
|
||
"UPS en ligne. Si vous êtes situé en dehors des États-Unis, vous devrez "
|
||
"contacter le service clientèle d'UPS afin d'ouvrir un compte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur l'ouverture d'un compte UPS sur leur "
|
||
"site web, sur la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous n'avez pas encore de compte UPS, vous pouvez en créer un avec votre "
|
||
"profil en ligne en suivant les étapes suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1. Connectez-vous au site web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com "
|
||
"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** en "
|
||
"haut de la page."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"2. Cliquez sur le bouton **S'inscrire à Mon UPS** et suivez les instructions"
|
||
" pour compléter le processus d'inscription."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez déjà un compte UPS, vous pouvez l'ajouter à votre profil en "
|
||
"ligne comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Connectez-vous au `site web UPS.com <http://www.ups.com/>`_) avec votre ID "
|
||
"utilisateur et mot de passe d'UPS.com."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur le lien **Résumé du compte**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"4. Cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter un compte UPS existant** dans la section "
|
||
"**Détails du compte UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. Sur l'écran **Ajouter un nouveau compte**, saisissez les champs **Numéro "
|
||
"de compte UPS**, **Nom du compte**, et **Code postal**. Le pays par défaut "
|
||
"est les États-Unis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Obtenir un clé d'accès"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir ajouté votre numéro de compte UPS à votre profil utilisateur, "
|
||
"vous pouvez demander une Clé d'accès à UPS en suivant les étapes suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez sur la page `Kit du développeur d'UPS "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Connectez-vous à UPS.com avec votre ID utilisateur et mot de passe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur le lien **Demander une clé d'accès**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Vérifiez vos coordonnées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton **Demander une clé d'accès**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La **clé d'accès** vous sera fournie sur la page web et un email contenant "
|
||
"la clé d'accès sera envoyé à l'adresse email du contact principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
|
||
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
|
||
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo Fabrication** aide les fabricants à planifier et traiter les ordres "
|
||
"de fabrication. Avec le panneau de contrôle du poste de travail, installez "
|
||
"des tablettes dans l'atelier pour contrôler les ordres de travail en temps "
|
||
"réel et permettre aux travailleurs de déclencher des opérations de "
|
||
"maintenance, des boucles de retour d'information, des problèmes de qualité, "
|
||
"etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Maintenance"
|
||
msgstr "Maintenance"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add new equipment"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
|
||
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
|
||
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
|
||
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
|
||
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
|
||
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, l'**équipement** fait référence à tout élément utilisé dans les "
|
||
"opérations quotidiennes, y compris la fabrication de produits. Il peut "
|
||
"s'agir d'une machine sur une ligne de production, d'un outil utilisé dans "
|
||
"différents emplacements ou d'un ordinateur dans un bureau. L'équipement "
|
||
"enregistré dans Odoo peut être la propriété de l'entreprise qui utilise la "
|
||
"base de données Odoo ou d'un tiers, tel qu'un fournisseur dans le cas de la "
|
||
"location d'équipement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
|
||
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
|
||
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
|
||
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
|
||
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En utilisant Odoo **Maintenance**, il est possible de suivre des équipements"
|
||
" individuels, ainsi que des informations sur leurs besoins de maintenance. "
|
||
"Pour ajouter un nouvel équipement, allez au module :guilabel:`Maintenance`, "
|
||
"sélectionnez :menuselection:`Équipements --> Machines & Outils --> Créer` et"
|
||
" configurez l'équipement de la manière suivante :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'équipement` : le nom de produit de l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
|
||
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
|
||
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
|
||
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cagtégorie d'équipement` : la catégorie à laquelle l'équipement "
|
||
"appartient, par ex. ordinateurs, machines, outils, etc. Il est possible de "
|
||
"créer de nouvelles catégories en allant à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Catégories d'équipement` et en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
|
||
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Société` : la société qui possède l'équipement ; là encore, il "
|
||
"peut s'agir de la société qui utilise la base de données Odoo ou d'une "
|
||
"société externe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
|
||
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
|
||
"employee and a department"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Utilisé par` : précisez si l'équipement est utilisé par un "
|
||
"employé spécifique, un département ou les deux ; sélectionnez "
|
||
":guilabel:`Autre` pour préciser à la fois un employé et un département"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
|
||
"page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Équipe de maintenance` : l'équipe responsable de la maintenance "
|
||
"de l'équipement ; il est possible de créer de nouvelles équipes en allant à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes de maintenance` et en "
|
||
"sélectionnant :guilabel:`Créer` ; les membres de chaque équipe peuvent "
|
||
"également être assignés à partir de cette page"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
|
||
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
|
||
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
|
||
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
|
||
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technicien` : la personne responsable de la maintenance de "
|
||
"l'équipement ; ceci peut être utilisé pour assigner une personne spécifique "
|
||
"dans le cas où aucune équipe de maintenance n'est assignée ou lorsqu'un "
|
||
"membre spécifique que l'équipe assignée doit toujours être responsable de "
|
||
"l'équipement ; toute personne ajoutée à Odoo en tant qu'utilisateur peut "
|
||
"être assignée en tant que technicien"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
|
||
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
|
||
"work centers, like an office, for example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lieu d'utilisation` : le lieu où l'équipement est utilisé ; il "
|
||
"s'agit d'un simple champ de texte qui peut être utilisé pour préciser des "
|
||
"lieux qui ne sont pas des postes de travail, comme un bureau"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
|
||
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
|
||
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : si l'équipement est utilisé à un poste de "
|
||
"travail, précisez-le ici ; l’équipement peut également être assigné à un "
|
||
"poste de travail en allant à :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Équipements -->"
|
||
" Postes de travail`, en sélectionnant un poste de travail ou en en créant un"
|
||
" nouveau à l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Créer` et en cliquant sur l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Équipement` sur le formulaire du poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de formulaire de nouvel équipement entièrement configuré."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Include additional product information"
|
||
msgstr "Inclure des informations supplémentaires sur le produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
|
||
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations sur le produit` au bas du formulaire peut "
|
||
"être utilisé pour fournir plus de détails sur l'équipement :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : le fournisseur auprès duquel l'équipement a été "
|
||
"acheté"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Référence fournisseur` : le code de référence attribué au "
|
||
"fournisseur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Modèle` : le modèle spécifique de l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Numéro de série` : le numéro de série unique de l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
|
||
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
|
||
"Failures)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date d'effet` : la date à laquelle l'équipement devient "
|
||
"opérationnel ; cette date est utilisée pour calculer le :abbr:`MTBF (Temps "
|
||
"moyen entre défaillances)`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Coût` : le montant pour lequel l'équipement a été acheté"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
|
||
"warranty will expire"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date d'expiration de garantie` : la date à laquelle la garantie "
|
||
"de l'équipement expire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr "L'onglet des informations sur le produit du nouvel équipement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add maintenance details"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des détails de maintenance"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
|
||
"maintenance teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Maintenance` contient des informations qui peuvent être "
|
||
"utiles aux équipes de maintenance :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
|
||
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fréquence de la maintenance préventive` : précise la fréquence à "
|
||
"laquelle la maintenance doit être effectuée pour prévenir les défaillances "
|
||
"de l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
|
||
"equipment when it fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Durée de maintenance` : le temps nécessaire pour réparer "
|
||
"l'équipement lorsqu'il tombe en panne"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
|
||
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Temps moyen entre défaillances attendu` : la durée moyenne "
|
||
"pendant laquelle l'équipement est censé fonctionner avant de tomber en panne"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr "L'onglet Maintenance du nouvel équipement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
|
||
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
|
||
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
|
||
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Maintenance` contient également les sections "
|
||
":guilabel:`Temps moyen entre défaillances`, :guilabel:`Estimation de la "
|
||
"prochaine défaillance`, :guilabel:`Dernière défaillance` et :guilabel:`Temps"
|
||
" moyen de réparation`. Ces valeurs sont calculées automatiquement en "
|
||
"fonction des demandes de maintenance, s'il y en a."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
|
||
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
|
||
" the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher les demandes de maintenance d'un équipement, allez à la page "
|
||
"de l'équipement et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Maintenance` dans le coin "
|
||
"supérieur droit du formulaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestion de la production"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Alternative Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "Postes de travail alternatifs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work "
|
||
"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, "
|
||
"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of "
|
||
"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility "
|
||
"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fabrication simultanée de plusieurs produits différents sur un même poste"
|
||
" de travail est un problème courant pour les entreprises de fabrication. "
|
||
"Bien qu'en pratique, les employés puissent fabriquer les marchandises sur un"
|
||
" autre poste de travail au lieu d'attendre qu'un poste soit disponible, il "
|
||
"n'est pas toujours simple d'avoir une visibilité des postes de travail "
|
||
"occupés et de planifier les ressources en conséquence en temps réel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. "
|
||
"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent "
|
||
"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez configurer des postes de travail alternatifs pour "
|
||
"résoudre ce problème. Cela permet de vérifier automatiquement quel poste de "
|
||
"travail est occupé et quels postes équivalents sont libres et de planifier "
|
||
"des ordres et la maintenance en conséquence."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is"
|
||
" optimised."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De cette manière, votre processus devient plus efficace, car l'utilisation "
|
||
"des postes de travail est optimisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer vos postes de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez d'abord à l'application :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Paramètres`. Activez la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Ordres de travail` et "
|
||
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr "Activer le paramètre des ordres de travail dans Odoo Fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two "
|
||
"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first "
|
||
"one and vice versa."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à présent à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail` et "
|
||
"créez deux nouveaux postes de travail. Ajoutez le deuxième poste de travail "
|
||
"en tant qu'alternative du premier et vice versa. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first."
|
||
msgstr "Créez un poste de travail secondaire comme alternative au premier."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your "
|
||
"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> Nomenclatures`, choisissez "
|
||
"votre produit et ajoutez ces postes de travail aux opérations de votre "
|
||
"nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations."
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des postes de travail aux opérations de la nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Créer vos ordres de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant que tout est configuré, vous pouvez créer vos *Ordres de "
|
||
"travail*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and "
|
||
"plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list "
|
||
"view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à :menuselection:`Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication` et cliquez sur"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Créer`. Ajoutez votre produit à votre ordre de fabrication et "
|
||
"programmez-le. Vous pouvez ensuite le retrouver dans la vue de liste des "
|
||
":guilabel:`ordres de travail` sous :menuselection:`Opérations > Ordres de "
|
||
"travail`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
|
||
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as "
|
||
"shown below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque nouvel *ordre de travail*, qui sera créé avant la fin du premier, "
|
||
"sera planifié au poste de travail alternatif que vous avez configuré, comme "
|
||
"indique ci-dessous. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Work order creation and scheduling."
|
||
msgstr "Création et programmation de l'ordre de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
|
||
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
|
||
" usual one is free."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Gardez à l'esprit que si vous ajoutez un délai de sécurité à votre poste de "
|
||
"travail, il se peut que vos ordres de travail soient planifiés pour votre "
|
||
"poste de travail alternatif, même si le poste de travail habituel est libre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une nomenclature"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
|
||
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
|
||
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
|
||
"needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une *nomenclature* est un document qui définit la quantité de chaque "
|
||
"composant nécessaire à la fabrication ou à la livraison d'un produit fini. "
|
||
"Elle peut également inclure diverses opérations et les directives des étapes"
|
||
" individuelles nécessaires pour compléter un processus de production."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
|
||
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo Fabrication, de multiples nomenclatures peuvent être liées à "
|
||
"chaque produit, de sorte que même les variantes de produits peuvent avoir "
|
||
"leur propre nomenclature personnalisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process and save time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuration correcte d'une nomenclature permet d'optimiser le processus"
|
||
" de fabrication et de gagner du temps."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer une nomenclature"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
|
||
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
|
||
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuration de nomenclature la plus simple est celle où il n'y a pas "
|
||
"d'opérations ou d'instructions, mais uniquement des composants. Dans ce cas,"
|
||
" la production est uniquement gérée à l'aide d'*ordres de fabrication*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
|
||
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nomenclature à partir du module :guilabel:`Fabrication`, "
|
||
"allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> Nomenclatures`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer`. Précisez alors le :guilabel:`Produit`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une nomenclature peut également être créée directement à partir de la fiche "
|
||
"produit, auquel cas le champ :guilabel:`Produit` est prérempli."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
|
||
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
|
||
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
|
||
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
|
||
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
|
||
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
|
||
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour une nomenclature standard, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de "
|
||
"nomenclature` sur :guilabel:`Fabriquer ce produit`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour préciser les différents composants qui "
|
||
"entrent dans la fabrication du produit fini et leurs quantités respectives. "
|
||
"De nouveaux composants peuvent être créés rapidement par le biais de la "
|
||
"nomenclature ou peuvent être créés au préalable dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Produits --> Créer`. "
|
||
"Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour finaliser la création "
|
||
"de la nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr "La configuration d'une nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr "Préciser une nomenclature pour une variante de produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
|
||
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les nomenclatures peuvent également être assignées à des *variantes de "
|
||
"produits* spécifiques, avec deux options de configuration possibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
|
||
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Afin d'assigner des nomenclatures à des variantes de produits, les attributs"
|
||
" de la variante de produit doivent déjà être configurés dans la fiche "
|
||
"produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
|
||
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
|
||
"on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première méthode consiste à créer une nomenclature par variante en créant"
|
||
" une nouvelle nomenclature et en précisant la :guilabel:`variante de "
|
||
"produit` La seconde méthode consiste à créer une nomenclature principale qui"
|
||
" contient tous les composants et préciser la variante à laquelle chaque "
|
||
"composant s'applique à l'aide de la colonne :guilabel:`Appliquer aux "
|
||
"variantes`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr "Variantes de produit dans la nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Set up operations"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des opérations"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
|
||
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
|
||
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajoutez une :guilabel:`opération` à une nomenclature pour préciser des "
|
||
"instructions de production et enregistrer le temps passé sur une opération. "
|
||
"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, activez d'abord la fonctionnalité "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
|
||
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
|
||
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
|
||
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, lors de la création d'une nouvelle nomenclature, cliquez sur "
|
||
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`"
|
||
" pour ajouter une nouvelle opération. Sur la fenêtre :guilabel:`Créer "
|
||
"Opérations`, nommez l'opération, précisez le :guilabel:`Poste de travail` et"
|
||
" les paramètres de durée. À l'instar des composants, Odoo offre la "
|
||
"possibilité de préciser une variante de produit dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` pour que l'opération s'applique "
|
||
"uniquement à cette variante. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder "
|
||
"& Fermer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
|
||
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
|
||
"Operations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque opération est unique, car elle est toujours exclusivement liée à une "
|
||
"nomenclature. Les opérations peuvent être réutilisées lors de la "
|
||
"configuration d'une nouvelle nomenclature, grâce à la fonctionnalité "
|
||
":guilabel:`Copier les opérations existantes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
|
||
msgstr "La fonctionnalité Copier les opérations existantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
|
||
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
|
||
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un *sous-produit* est un produit résiduel créé au cours de la production en "
|
||
"plus du produit principal d'une nomenclature. Contrairement au produit "
|
||
"principal, il peut y avoir plus d'un sous-produit sur une nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature, activez d'abord la "
|
||
"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Sous-produits` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
|
||
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
|
||
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois la fonctionnalité activée, vous pouvez ajouter des sous-produits à "
|
||
"une nomenclature en cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` et en "
|
||
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Ensuite, nommez le sous-produit "
|
||
"et indiquez la :guilabel:`Quantité` et l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure`. Si la "
|
||
"nomenclature comporte des opérations configurées, précisez exactement "
|
||
"l'opération à partir de laquelle le sous-produit est produit dans le champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit dans l'opération`. Finalement, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use kits"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des kits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of unassembled components. Kits may be sold as products, "
|
||
"but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials "
|
||
"(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`"
|
||
" applications need to be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un *kit* est un ensemble de composants non assemblés. Les kits peuvent être "
|
||
"vendus comme des produits, mais ce sont également des outils utiles pour "
|
||
"gérer des nomenclatures plus complexes. Pour utiliser les kits, les "
|
||
"applications :guilabel:`Fabrication` et :guilabel:`Inventaire` doivent être "
|
||
"installées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
|
||
msgstr "Créer le kit en tant que produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a kit as a sellable product or simply as a component organization "
|
||
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product. To create a kit product,"
|
||
" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser un kit en tant que produit vendable ou simplement en tant "
|
||
"qu'outil d'organisation des composants, le kit doit d'abord être créé en "
|
||
"tant que produit. Pour créer un produit de kit, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabrication ou Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et "
|
||
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`: this"
|
||
" allows for management of kit inventory. The :guilabel:`Route` designation "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter, since Odoo uses the "
|
||
"routes of the kit's components for replenishment purposes. All other "
|
||
"parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de produit` comme un "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit stockable` : ceci permet de gérer l'inventaire du kit. La"
|
||
" désignation de la :guilabel:`Route` sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` "
|
||
"n'a pas d'importance, car Odoo utilise les routes des composants du kit à "
|
||
"des fins de réassort. Tous les autres paramètres du kit peuvent être "
|
||
"modifiés selon les préférences. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These"
|
||
" components require no specific configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les composants du kit doivent également être configurés en tant que produits"
|
||
" via :menuselection:`Fabrication ou Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`. "
|
||
"Ces composants ne nécessitent aucune configuration spécifique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer la nomenclature du kit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, create a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the kit product. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and then"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Product` field to the "
|
||
"previously configured kit product. Then, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make "
|
||
"sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après la configuration du kit et de ses composants, créez une nomenclature "
|
||
"pour le produit de kit. Allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits -->"
|
||
" Nomenclatures` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Ensuite, définissez le "
|
||
"champ :guilabel:`Produit` sur le produit de kit configuré précédemment. "
|
||
"Définissez le :guilabel:`Type de nomenclature` sur :guilabel:`Kit`. enfin, "
|
||
"ajoutez chaque composant et indiquez sa quantité. Veillez à "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` les modifications."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr "Sélection de kit sur la nomenclature."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
|
||
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
|
||
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le kit est uniquement utilisé comme produit vendable, seuls les "
|
||
"composants doivent être ajoutés sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Composants` et la "
|
||
"configuration des opérations de fabrication n'est pas nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
|
||
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
|
||
"the kit is listed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsqu'un kit est vendu en tant que produit, il apparaît comme une seule "
|
||
"ligne sur le devis et la commande client. Cependant, sur les bons de "
|
||
"livraison, chaque composant du kit est répertorié."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser des kits pour gérer des nomenclatures complexes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are also used to manage *multilevel* :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
" These are products that contain other products as components and therefore "
|
||
"require nested :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`. Incorporating pre-"
|
||
"configured kits into multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` allows for"
|
||
" cleaner organization of bundled products. Under :guilabel:`Components`, "
|
||
"list a kit as a component in a higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (Bills of "
|
||
"Material)` to eliminate the need to add the kit's parts individually. Any "
|
||
":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les kits sont également utilisés pour gérer des nomenclatures *à plusieurs "
|
||
"niveaux*. Il s'agit de produits qui contiennent d'autres produits en tant "
|
||
"que composants et qui nécessitent donc des nomenclatures imbriquées. "
|
||
"L'intégration de kits préconfigurés dans les nomenclatures à plusieurs "
|
||
"niveaux permet d'organiser plus proprement des produits groupés. Sous "
|
||
":guilabel:`Composants`, répertoriez un kit en tant que composant dans la "
|
||
"nomenclature d'un produit de niveau supérieur afin d'éviter d'avoir à "
|
||
"ajouter les pièces du kit individuellement. N'importe quel :guilabel:`type "
|
||
"de nomenclature` peut être utilisé pour la nomenclature du produit de niveau"
|
||
" supérieur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr "Kit en tant que composant d'une nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multilevel :abbr:`BoM's (Bill of "
|
||
"Material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
|
||
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and "
|
||
"viewed from this report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour obtenir une vue d'ensemble des composants de la nomenclature à "
|
||
"plusieurs niveaux, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Structure & "
|
||
"Coût`. Les nomenclatures de sous-niveaux peuvent être développées et "
|
||
"visualisées à partir de ce rapport."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
|
||
msgstr "Kit développé dans le rapport Structure & Coût"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multilevel "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
|
||
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'un ordre de fabrication pour un produit avec une "
|
||
"nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux, le produit de kit se développe "
|
||
"automatiquement pour afficher tous les composants. Toutes les opérations "
|
||
"figurant dans la nomenclature du kit sont également ajoutées à la liste des "
|
||
"ordres de travail de l'ordre de fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
|
||
"sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents,"
|
||
" refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-assemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les kits sont principalement utilisés pour regrouper des composants en vue "
|
||
"de leur organisation ou de leur vente. Pour gérer des produits à plusieurs "
|
||
"niveaux nécessitant la fabrication de sous-composants, consultez :doc:`cette"
|
||
" documentation <sub_assemblies>` sur les sous-ensembles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les nomenclatures pour les variantes de produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
|
||
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
|
||
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permet d'utiliser une seule nomenclature pour plusieurs variantes d'un "
|
||
"même produit. Le fait d'avoir une nomenclature consolidée pour un produit "
|
||
"avec des variantes permet de gagner du temps en évitant d'avoir à gérer "
|
||
"plusieurs nomenclatures."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Activate product variants"
|
||
msgstr "Activer des variantes de produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
|
||
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
|
||
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour activer les variantes, allez simplement à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Produits`, et activez l'option "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variantes`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour "
|
||
"appliquer le paramètre. Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des "
|
||
"variantes de produit, consultez :doc:`cette page "
|
||
"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sélectionner l'option \"Variantes\" dans les paramètres de l'application "
|
||
"Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
|
||
msgstr "Appliquer des composants de nomenclature aux variantes de produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
|
||
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
|
||
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, créez une nouvelle nomenclature ou modifiez une nomenclature "
|
||
"existante en allant à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> "
|
||
"Nomenclatures`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. L'option "
|
||
":guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` permettant d'assigner des composants à "
|
||
"des variantes de produit spécifiques sur la nomenclature est disponible une "
|
||
"fois que le paramètre :guilabel:`Variantes` est activé dans l'application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventaire`. Si le champ :guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` "
|
||
"n'est pas immédiatement visible, activez-le à partir du menu des options "
|
||
"supplémentaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'option \"Application aux variantes\" dans le menu des options "
|
||
"supplémentaires."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
|
||
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
|
||
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque composant peut être assigné à plusieurs variantes. Les composants "
|
||
"pour lesquels aucune variante n'est définie sont utilisés dans toutes les "
|
||
"variantes du produit. Le même principe s'applique lors de la configuration "
|
||
"des opérations et des sous-produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
|
||
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
|
||
"product variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous définissez des nomenclatures de variantes par l'assignation de "
|
||
"composants, le champ :guilabel:`Variante de produit` dans la section "
|
||
"principale de la nomenclature doit être laissé vide, comme illustré ci-"
|
||
"dessous. Le champ n'est utilisé que lors de la création d'une nomenclature "
|
||
"spécifique à une variante de produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
|
||
msgstr "Appliquer des composants à plusieurs variantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôle qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the "
|
||
"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your "
|
||
"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Que vous vouliez contrôler la qualité de votre production ou celle de votre "
|
||
"sous-traitant avant d'enregistrer les produits dans votre stock, vous pouvez"
|
||
" compter sur le module Qualité d'Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality "
|
||
"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To "
|
||
"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control "
|
||
"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific "
|
||
"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as "
|
||
"well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour contrôler la qualité de votre production, vous devez configurer un "
|
||
"*Point de contrôle qualité* sur le type d'opération de fabrication, comme "
|
||
"indiqué ci-dessous. Pour le créer, allez à :menuselection:`Qualité --> "
|
||
"Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle` et cliquez sur **Créer**. Si le "
|
||
"contrôle s'applique uniquement à des produits ou des catégories de produit "
|
||
"spécifiques, vous pouvez également les préciser lors de la configuration."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the "
|
||
"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation "
|
||
"type. For the rest, the same principles apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En ce qui concerne la réception des produits sous-traités, vous devez "
|
||
"sélectionner le type d'opération 'Réceptions' au lieu du type d'opération "
|
||
"'Fabrication'. Pour le reste, les mêmes principes s'appliquent."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can"
|
||
" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points "
|
||
"can be set up for the same Operation Type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ce faisant, un contrôle qualité est automatiquement créé à chaque fois qu'un"
|
||
" produit fini est fabriqué et/ou reçu. Notez que plusieurs *types* de "
|
||
"contrôle qualité peuvent être choisis dans la liste déroulante. Notez "
|
||
"également que plusieurs points de contrôle qualité peuvent être définis pour"
|
||
" le même type d'opération."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer des produits semi-finis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
|
||
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
|
||
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
|
||
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
|
||
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
|
||
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un *produit semi-fini*, également connu comme un *sous-ensemble*, est un "
|
||
"produit fabriqué qui est utilisé comme composant dans la nomenclature d'un "
|
||
"autre produit. Les produits semi-finis sont utilisés pour simplifier les "
|
||
"nomenclatures plus complexes ou pour représenter plus précisément un flux de"
|
||
" fabrication. Une nomenclature qui contient des produits semi-finis est "
|
||
"appelée *nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux*, où l'on distingue le *produit de"
|
||
" niveau supérieur* et ses sous-ensembles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des produits semi-finis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
|
||
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
|
||
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
|
||
" Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour configurer une nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux, le produit de niveau "
|
||
"supérieur et les produits semi-finis doivent être configurés. La première "
|
||
"étape consiste donc à créer les produits semi-finis et leurs nomenclatures."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
|
||
msgstr "Une nomenclature d'un produit semi-fini."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr "Créer la nomenclature de niveau supérieur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
|
||
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois les produits semi-finis entièrement configurés, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Produits`. Ensuite, "
|
||
":guilabel:`créez` le produit de niveau supérieur. Configurez les "
|
||
"spécifications du produit comme vous le souhaitez et assurez-vous de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
|
||
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
|
||
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois le produit de niveau supérieur configuré, cliquez sur le bouton "
|
||
"intelligent :guilabel:`Nomenclature` sur la fiche produit et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nomenclature pour le produit de niveau "
|
||
"supérieur. Il suffit ensuite d'ajouter les produits semi-finis à cette "
|
||
"nomenclature, ainsi que tout autre composant nécessaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
|
||
"component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une nomenclature pour un produit de niveau supérieur, contenant un composant"
|
||
" de sous-ensemble."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage production planning"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer la planification de la production"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
|
||
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il existe plusieurs méthodes pour gérer l'automatisation de l'ordre de "
|
||
"fabrication pour les produits ayant des nomenclatures à plusieurs niveaux."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
|
||
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
|
||
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
|
||
"the more appropriate option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les produits semi-finis sont généralement utilisés pour gérer des produits "
|
||
"pouvant être fabriqués avec des nomenclatures à plusieurs niveaux. Si une "
|
||
"nomenclature est créée simplement pour organiser des composants ou regrouper"
|
||
" des produits vendables, l'utilisation des :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` est "
|
||
"l'option la plus appropriée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
|
||
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
|
||
"options:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour automatiquement déclencher des ordres de fabrication pour des produits "
|
||
"semi-finis après avoir confirmé un ordre de fabrication pour le produit "
|
||
"principal, il existe deux options :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
|
||
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
|
||
"`0`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Option 1 (recommandée) :** Créez des *règles de réassort* pour les "
|
||
"produits semi-finis et fixez à la fois les quantités minimales et maximales "
|
||
"de stock souhaitées à `0`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
|
||
"semi-finished product's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Option 2 :** Activez les routes :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande "
|
||
"(MTO)` et :guilabel:`Fabriquer` sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` de la "
|
||
"fiche produit des produits semi-finis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
|
||
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
|
||
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
|
||
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
|
||
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
|
||
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'option 1 est plus souple que l'option 2 et est donc recommandée. Les "
|
||
"règles de réassort ne relient pas directement la demande au réassort et "
|
||
"permettent donc de ne pas réserver les stocks et de les réorienter vers "
|
||
"d'autres commandes si nécessaire. La route Réapprovisionnement sur commande "
|
||
"(MTO) crée un lien unique entre les produits semi-finis et les produits de "
|
||
"niveau supérieur, en réservant exclusivement les quantités pour l'ordre de "
|
||
"fabrication de niveau supérieur confirmé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
|
||
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quelle que soit la méthode choisie, les produits semi-finis doivent être "
|
||
"entièrement fabriqués avant que la fabrication du produit de niveau "
|
||
"supérieur puisse commencer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
|
||
msgstr "Un ordre de fabrication pour un produit de niveau supérieur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Sous-traiter votre fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
|
||
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'externalisation d'une partie ou de la totalité des besoins de votre "
|
||
"société en matière de fabrication n'est pas chose aisée. Pour que cela "
|
||
"fonctionne, vous devez :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer l'inventaire des manières premières chez votre sous-traitant "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
|
||
msgstr "Expédier les matières premières à vos sous-traitants, au bon moment"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôler la qualité des marchandises entrantes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôler les factures des sous-traitants"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Voici un exemple de la sous-traitance de la fabrication de \"C\", produit à "
|
||
"partir des matières premières \"A\" et \"B\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Grâce à sa fonctionnalité de sous-traitance MRP, Odoo vous aide à gérer ce "
|
||
"flux facilement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser la fonctionnalité de sous-traitance, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la "
|
||
"case *Sous-traitance*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir si un produit doit être sous-traité, utilisez une "
|
||
"*nomenclature* de type *sous-traitance*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
|
||
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle *nomenclature*, allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication "
|
||
"--> Produits --> Nomenclature` et cliquez sur créer. Listez ensuite les "
|
||
"composants dont votre sous-traitant a besoin pour fabriquer le produit. Afin"
|
||
" de calculer les coûts, vous pouvez enregistrer tous les composants, même "
|
||
"ceux qui proviennent directement du sous-traitant."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous avez défini le *type de nomenclature* sur *sous-"
|
||
"traitance*, indiquez un ou plusieurs sous-traitants."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr "Flux de sous-traitance de base"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour indiquer à votre sous-traitant le nombre de produits dont vous avez "
|
||
"besoin, créez et envoyez-lui des bons de commande. Pour ce faire, accédez à "
|
||
"l'application *Achats* et créez un nouveau bon de commande. Veillez à "
|
||
"envoyer le bon de commande à un fournisseur qui est défini comme sous-"
|
||
"traitant sur la *nomenclature* de ces produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois le *bon de commande* validé (1), une réception en attente est "
|
||
"créée. À la réception des produits, validez la réception (2), avec la "
|
||
"quantité réelle reçue. En conséquence, Odoo fait les choses suivantes pour "
|
||
"vous :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
|
||
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Consomme les composants respectifs chez le sous-traitant, selon la "
|
||
"*nomenclature* et votre entrée (3) ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr "Produit les produits finis chez le sous-traitant (4) ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Transfère les produits de l'emplacement de sous-traitance à votre entreprise"
|
||
" YourCompany par le biais de la réception validée (5)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le *bon de commande* est optionnel. Si vous créez une réception "
|
||
"manuellement, avec le bon sous-traitant, Odoo effectue quand même tous les "
|
||
"déplacements. Cela peut être utile si le sous-traitant ne facture pas un "
|
||
"prix fixe par article, mais plutôt le temps et les matériaux utilisés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr "Le coût du produit fabriqué \"C\" est défini comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "Avec :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr "**A** : Coût des matières premières venant de YourCompany ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr "**B** : Coût des matières premières venant directement du"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr "sous-traitant ;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr "**s** : Coût du service sous-traité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
|
||
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'envoi de matières premières à vos sous-traitants (**A**) n'a pas "
|
||
"d'incidence sur la valorisation de l'inventaire, car les composants sont "
|
||
"toujours valorisés comme faisant partie de votre stock. Cette situation est "
|
||
"gérée en faisant de l'*emplacement de sous-traitance* un *emplacement "
|
||
"interne*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, le prix fournisseur défini sur la fiche du produit C doit "
|
||
"correspondre à ce qui doit être payé au sous-traitant pour ses pièces et son"
|
||
" temps de service : **B + s**. Le coût du produit doit être : **A + B + s**,"
|
||
" c'est-à-dire la valeur du produit dans la comptabilité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enfin, la facture du sous-traitant correspond au bon de commande, avec le "
|
||
"prix proposé pour les produits finis C."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"S'il n'est pas nécessaire de gérer le réassort des matières premières **B** "
|
||
"chez votre sous-traitant, il suffit d'inclure le coût de **B** dans le prix "
|
||
"du sous-traitant **s** et de supprimer les produits **B** de la "
|
||
"*nomenclature*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Traçabilité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si les produits reçus du sous-traitant contiennent des composants trackés, "
|
||
"leurs numéros de série ou de lot doivent être précisés lors de la réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
|
||
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans ce cas, lors de la réception du produit sous-traité, un bouton "
|
||
"*Enregistrer les composants* apparaît. Cliquez dessus pour ouvrir une boîte "
|
||
"de dialogue et enregistrez les numéros de série/lot des composants. Si le "
|
||
"produit fini est également suivi, son numéro de série/lot peut également "
|
||
"être enregistré ici."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À des fins d'audit, il est possible de vérifier les numéros de lot "
|
||
"enregistrés sur une réception en utilisant l'icône située à droite des "
|
||
"produits finis :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
|
||
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
|
||
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
|
||
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
|
||
"receiving your final product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez également que si la consommation flexible a été sélectionnée sur la "
|
||
"nomenclature sous-traitée pour un produit non suivi, l'option "
|
||
"d'enregistrement des composants apparaîtra de manière optionnelle sur chaque"
|
||
" ligne, si vous voulez enregistrer plus ou moins de consommation de "
|
||
"composants à l'emplacement de sous-traitance, lors de la réception de votre "
|
||
"produit fini."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
|
||
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
|
||
"line hamburger menus."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme vous pouvez le constater, la réception de ces deux produits non "
|
||
"trackés peut être effectuée en sélectionnant l'option 'Définir les "
|
||
"quantités' ou via le menu hamburger des lignes de mouvement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr "Automatiser le réapprovisionnement des sous-traitants"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
|
||
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
|
||
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
|
||
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
|
||
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
|
||
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il existe deux façons d'automatiser l'approvisionnement en matières "
|
||
"premières de vos sous-traitants lors de l'achat du produit fini. La méthode "
|
||
"choisie dépend du fait que vous souhaitiez ou non que les matériaux passent "
|
||
"par votre entrepôt. Ces deux méthodes sont décrites comme des mécanismes de "
|
||
"type 'tirer', car leur déclencheur est le bon de commande initial du sous-"
|
||
"traitant, qui crée un besoin de manières premières à l'emplacement de sous-"
|
||
"traitance."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
|
||
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
|
||
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
|
||
"route should also be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous fournissez des matières premières à votre sous-traitant à partir de "
|
||
"votre propre entrepôt, vous devez activer la route 'Réapprovisionner le "
|
||
"sous-traitant sur demande' comme indiqué ci-dessous. S'il s'agit d'un "
|
||
"composant que vous achetez auprès d'un fournisseur, la route 'Acheter' doit "
|
||
"également être activée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
|
||
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
|
||
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
|
||
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
|
||
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
|
||
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Désormais, si vous souhaitiez que votre fournisseur approvisionne "
|
||
"directement votre sous-traitant, vous devez choisir l'option 'Sous-traitant "
|
||
"dropship sur commande'. Pour que cette option soit active sur la fiche "
|
||
"produit, vous devez d'abord activer l'option de dropshipping dans "
|
||
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Dropshipping`. "
|
||
"Une fois que la commande auprès du sous-traitant est validée, cette route "
|
||
"créera une demande de prix de dropshipping de votre fournisseur à ce sous-"
|
||
"traitant. Vous n'avez plus qu'à l'examiner et le valider."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
|
||
"is a buy route already."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Notez que la route 'Acheter' n'est pas sélectionnée dans ce cas, car la "
|
||
"route 'dropshipping' est déjà une route d'achat."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
|
||
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
|
||
"locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enfin, si vous souhaitiez tracker le stock de ces matières premières à vos "
|
||
"emplacements de sous-traitance, vous devez activer l'option *Routes en "
|
||
"plusieurs étapes* dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres --> Emplacements de stockage`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
|
||
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir du formulaire de l'emplacement, vous pouvez accéder au Stock "
|
||
"actuel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Réassort manuel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
|
||
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également choisir de réapprovisionner vos sous-traitants "
|
||
"manuellement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
|
||
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
|
||
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
|
||
"you are delivering to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez envoyer des composants à votre sous-traitant à votre "
|
||
"convenance, sélectionnez le type d'opération 'Réapprovisionner le sous-"
|
||
"traitant' à partir du module *Inventaire* et créez un transfert en précisant"
|
||
" à quel sous-traitant vous livrez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
|
||
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
|
||
" the delivery address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez également demander à votre fournisseur de réapprovisionner le "
|
||
"sous-traitant en créant un bon de commande de type dropshipping, en "
|
||
"définissant votre sous-traitant en tant qu'adresse de livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr "Utiliser le programme directeur de production"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le programme directeur de production (PDP) est un outil précieux pour "
|
||
"planifier votre production sur la base de vos prévisions de demande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres` et activez la fonctionnalité Programme directeur de production "
|
||
"avant de cliquer sur Sauvegarder."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans les paramètres du PDP, vous pouvez définir la page de temps de votre "
|
||
"PDP (mensuel/hebdomadaire/quotidien) et le nombre de périodes que vous "
|
||
"voulez afficher à tout moment."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
|
||
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
|
||
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à présent à :menuselection:`Planning --> Programme directeur de "
|
||
"production` et cliquez sur *Ajouter un produit*. Vous pouvez définir le "
|
||
"stock de sécurité (= le stock disponible à la fin de la période) et les "
|
||
"quantités minimales et maximales qui peuvent ou doivent être "
|
||
"réapprovisionnées dans chaque période."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
|
||
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
|
||
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
|
||
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
|
||
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
|
||
"to hide rows if you like."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la vue PDP, vous pouvez décider quelles informations vous voulez "
|
||
"afficher en cliquant sur *lignes*. Par exemple, la *demande réelle* vous "
|
||
"montrera quelle quantité de produits a déjà été commandée pour la période, "
|
||
"ou le *disponible à promettre*, ce qui peut encore être vendu pendant cette "
|
||
"même période (ce que vous prévoyez de réapprovisionner - ce qui est déjà "
|
||
"vendu pendant la période). Vous pouvez également décider de masquer les "
|
||
"lignes si vous le voulez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Estimer votre demande et lancer le réassort "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
|
||
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
|
||
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
|
||
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La prochaine étape consiste à estimer la demande pour la période choisie. "
|
||
"Cela se fait dans la ligne *Demande prévue*. À tout moment, vous pouvez "
|
||
"comparer la demande prévue avec la demande actuelle (= ventes confirmées). "
|
||
"La demande prévue pour un produit fini aura une incidence sur la demande "
|
||
"indirecte de ses composants."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
|
||
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
|
||
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
|
||
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
|
||
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois la demande prévue fixée, la quantité à réapprovisionner pour les "
|
||
"différentes périodes sera automatiquement calculée. Les réassorts que vous "
|
||
"êtes censé lancer en fonction de vos délais (délai fournisseur ou délai de "
|
||
"fabrication) sont alors affichés en vert. Vous pouvez à présent lancer le "
|
||
"réassort en cliquant sur le bouton Réapprovisionner."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En fonction de la configuration du produit (acheter ou fabrication), des "
|
||
"demandes de prix ou des ordres de fabrication seront créés. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"facilement y accéder en cliquant sur la cellule *Réassort réel*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
|
||
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
|
||
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
|
||
"cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous modifiez manuellement la quantité de *réassort suggéré*, une petite "
|
||
"croix apparaîtra à gauche de la cellule. Si vous souhaitiez revenir à la "
|
||
"valeur calculée automatiquement par Odoo, cliquez simplement sur la croix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr "Signification de la couleur de la cellule"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
|
||
"different colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les cellules, qui font partie de la ligne de *réassort suggéré*, peuvent "
|
||
"prendre différentes couleurs en fonction de la situation :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Vert** : quantité de produits qui devraient être réapprovisionnés pour "
|
||
"atteindre le stock de sécurité prévu en tenant compte de la demande prévue "
|
||
"et de la prévision de la demande indirecte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Gris** : l'ordre de réassort a déjà été généré et sa quantité correspond "
|
||
"toujours aux données actuelles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Rouge** : l'ordre de réassort a déjà été généré et sa quantité était trop "
|
||
"élevée par rapport aux données actuelles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Orange** : l'ordre de réassort a déjà été généré et sa quantité était trop"
|
||
" faible par rapport aux données actuelles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La ligne de *stock prévu* peut également contenir des cellules rouges, ce "
|
||
"qui signifie que le stock sera négatif au cours de la période concernée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "Que faire si j'ai sous-estimé la demande ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez toujours augmenter la prévision de la demande. Cela aura un "
|
||
"impact sur la quantité à réapprovisionner. La cellule devient orange et vous"
|
||
" pourrez lancer un nouveau réassort."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "Que faire si j'ai surestimé la demande ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez diminuer la prévision de la demande. La cellule devient rouge "
|
||
"pour vous informer que vous avez commandé plus que prévu. Si pouvez encore "
|
||
"le faire, vous pouvez annuler manuellement une demande de prix ou un ordre "
|
||
"de fabrication."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr "Que faire si j'ai ajouté par erreur un produit au PDP ?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez facilement supprimer un produit du PDP en cliquant sur l'icône "
|
||
"de la petite poubelle à côté de son nom."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les ordres de travail en utilisant les postes de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
|
||
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
|
||
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
|
||
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
|
||
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
|
||
" Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo Fabrication permet d'exécuter des ordres de travail à des postes de "
|
||
"travail spécifiques. Lorsqu'un ordre de fabrication est créé pour un "
|
||
"produit, tout ordre de travail répertorié dans l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Opérations` de la nomenclature du produit sera automatiquement "
|
||
"créé et assigné au poste de travail précisé. Les ordres de travail peuvent "
|
||
"être gérés dans le module :guilabel:`Fabrication` en sélectionnant "
|
||
":menuselection:`Opérations --> Ordres de travail`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
|
||
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
|
||
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
|
||
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour utiliser les postes de travail, la fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Ordres"
|
||
" de travail` doit d'abord être activée. Pour ce faire, allez au module "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabrication`, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres` et cochez la case à côté d':guilabel:`ordres de travail`. Les "
|
||
"postes de travail peuvent ensuite être créés et gérés en sélectionnant "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a work center"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
|
||
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans le module :guilabel:`Fabrication`, sélectionnez "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail --> Créer`. Le "
|
||
"formulaire du poste de travail peut ensuite être complété comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
|
||
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nom du poste de travail` : donnez un nom court au poste de "
|
||
"travail qui décrit le type d'opérations pour lesquelles il sera utilisé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
|
||
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Postes de travail alternatifs` : précisez un poste de travail "
|
||
"alternatif où les opérations peuvent être réalisées si le poste de travail "
|
||
"principal n'est pas disponible"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Code` : assignez un code de référence au poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
|
||
"can be in use each week"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Heures de travail` : définissez le nombre d'heures pendant "
|
||
"lesquelles le poste de travail peut être utilisé chaque semaine"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Société` : sélectionnez la société à laquelle le poste de travail"
|
||
" appartient"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
|
||
msgstr "Un exemple d'un formulaire de poste de travail entièrement configuré"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
|
||
msgstr "Définir des normes de productivité pour les postes de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
|
||
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations générales` du formulaire du poste de "
|
||
"travail permet d'assigner des objectifs de productivité à un poste de "
|
||
"travail :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
|
||
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
|
||
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
|
||
"minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Efficacité temporelle` : utilisée pour calculer la durée prévue "
|
||
"d'un ordre de travail au poste de travail ; par exemple, si un ordre de "
|
||
"travail prend normalement une heure et l'efficacité est de 200 %, l'ordre de"
|
||
" travail prendra 30 minutes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
|
||
"work center simultaneously"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacité` : le nombre d'opérations qui peuvent être effectuées en"
|
||
" même temps au poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Objectif TRS` : l'objectif d'efficacité du poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Temps avant prod.` : temps de préparation requis avant que le "
|
||
"travail puisse commencer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
|
||
"is finished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Temps après prod.` : temps d'arrêt ou de nettoyage nécessaire "
|
||
"après la fin du travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
|
||
"hour"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Coût par heure` : le coût de fonctionnement du poste de travail "
|
||
"pendant une heure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
|
||
"should be recorded"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Compte analytique` : le compte où le coût du poste de travail "
|
||
"doit être enregistré"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet des informations générales du formulaire du poste de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
|
||
msgstr "Affecter un équipement à un poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
|
||
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
|
||
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Équipement` permet d'affecter des équipements "
|
||
"spécifiques à un poste de travail. Les informations suivantes seront "
|
||
"affichées pour chaque équipement ajouté :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'équipement` : le nom de l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technicien` : le technicien responsable de la maintenance de "
|
||
"l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Catégorie d'équipement` : la catégorie à laquelle l'équipement "
|
||
"appartient"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
|
||
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF` : temps moyen entre défaillances ; le temps moyen pendant "
|
||
"lequel l'équipement fonctionnera avant de tomber en panne"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
|
||
"equipment to become fully operational again"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR` : temps moyen de réparation ; le temps moyen nécessaire "
|
||
"pour que l'équipement soit à nouveau opérationnel"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
|
||
"failure will occur"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Estimation de la prochaine défaillance` : une estimation de la "
|
||
"date de la prochaine défaillance de l'équipement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr "L'onglet équipement du formulaire du poste de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
|
||
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le :guilabel:`MTBF`, le :guilabel:`MTTR`, et l':guilabel:`Estimation de la "
|
||
"prochaine défaillance` sont calculés automatiquement en fonction de la date "
|
||
"de la dernière défaillance, s'il y en a eu une."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
|
||
msgstr "Intégrer des appareils IoT"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
|
||
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'onglet des :guilabel:`Déclencheurs IoT` permet d'intégrer des appareils "
|
||
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` à un poste de travail :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Appareil` : précise l'appareil IoT à déclencher"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Clé` : la clé de sécurité de l'appareil"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Action` : l'action de l'appareil IoT déclenchée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr "L'onglet des déclencheurs IoT du formulaire du poste de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr "Cas d'utilisation : configurer un poste de travail alternatif"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
|
||
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
|
||
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
|
||
"carried out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsqu'un poste de travail est à pleine capacité, il ne peut pas accepter de"
|
||
" nouveaux ordres de travail. Au lieu d'attendre que le poste de travail se "
|
||
"libère, il est possible de déterminer un poste de travail alternatif où les "
|
||
"ordres de travail excédentaires doivent être exécutés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
|
||
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
|
||
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Commencez par créer un nouveau poste de travail. Configurez l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Équipement` de manière à ce qu'il dispose des mêmes équipements "
|
||
"du poste de travail principal. Cela permettra de s'assurer que les mêmes "
|
||
"tâches peuvent être réalisées dans les deux postes de travail. Allez au "
|
||
"poste de travail principal et incluez le nouveau poste de travail dans le "
|
||
"champ de sélection :guilabel:`Postes de travail alternatifs` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
|
||
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
|
||
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
|
||
"top left of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez maintenant un nouvel ordre de fabrication qui utilise le poste de "
|
||
"travail principal pour l'une de ses opérations. Le poste de travail "
|
||
"principal sera automatiquement sélectionné pour l'opération dans l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Postes de travail`. Après avoir confirmé l'ordre de fabrication, "
|
||
"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Programmer` qui apparaît en haut à gauche "
|
||
"du formulaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le bouton programmer pour sélectionner automatiquement un poste "
|
||
"de travail disponible."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
|
||
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si le poste de travail principal est à pleine capacité, le poste de travail "
|
||
"sélectionné pour l'opération est automatiquement remplacé par le poste de "
|
||
"travail alternatif."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
|
||
msgstr "Le poste de travail alternatif est sélectionné automatiquement."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôler les performances d'un poste de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
|
||
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
|
||
"at the top right of the form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les performances d'un poste de travail individuel peuvent être visualisées "
|
||
"en sélectionnant :menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail` et en "
|
||
"cliquant sur un poste de travail. Diverses mesures indiquant les "
|
||
"performances d'un poste de travail peuvent être affichées en haut à droite "
|
||
"du formulaire :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
|
||
"the work center has been fully productive"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`TRS` : taux de rendement synthétique, le pourcentage de temps "
|
||
"pendant lequel le poste de travail a été pleinement productif"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Perdu` : le temps perdu en raison des arrêts de travail"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
|
||
"workload"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Charge` : le temps nécessaire à l'exécution de la charge de "
|
||
"travail actuelle"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
|
||
"percentage of the expected duration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performances` : la durée réelle du temps de travail, exprimée en "
|
||
"pourcentage de la durée prévue"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality control"
|
||
msgstr "Contrôle qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Créer des alertes qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
|
||
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
|
||
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
|
||
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
|
||
"detected by automated processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuration des points de contrôle qualité est un excellent moyen de "
|
||
"s'assurer que des contrôles de qualité sont effectués à des étapes de "
|
||
"routine au cours d'opérations spécifiques. Cependant, des problèmes de "
|
||
"qualité peuvent souvent apparaître en dehors de ces contrôles planifiés. En "
|
||
"utilisant Odoo *Qualité*, les utilisateurs peuvent créer des alertes qualité"
|
||
" pour les problèmes qui ne sont pas détectés par les processus automatisés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`Ajouter des points de contrôle qualité <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
|
||
msgstr "Compléter le formulaire d'alerte qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
|
||
" the *Quality* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans certaines situations, il faut manuellement créer des alertes qualité "
|
||
"dans le module *Qualité*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
|
||
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
|
||
"quality team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un utilisateur du service d'assistance qui est informé d'un défaut de "
|
||
"produit par un ticket client peut créer une alerte qui porte le problème à "
|
||
"l'attention de l'équipe qualité concernée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
|
||
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
|
||
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle alerte qualité, allez à l'application "
|
||
":menuselection:`Qualité` et sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité "
|
||
"--> Alertes qualité --> Créer`. Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut être "
|
||
"complété comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Titre` : choisissez un titre concis, mais descriptif pour "
|
||
"l'alerte qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
|
||
"created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit pour lequel l'alerte qualité est créée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
|
||
"the quality issue, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Variante de produit` : la variante spécifique du produit qui a le"
|
||
" problème de qualité, le cas échéant"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` : le numéro de lot assigné au produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : le poste de travail d'où provient le problème"
|
||
" de qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
|
||
"originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Transfert` : l'opération de transfert pendant lequel est survenu "
|
||
"le problème de qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Équipe` : l'équipe de qualité qui sera informée de l'alerte "
|
||
"qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
|
||
" alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsable` : la personne responsable de la gestion de l'alerte "
|
||
"qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : classer l'alerte qualité en fonction des étiquettes"
|
||
" créées par l'utilisateur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cause première` : la cause du problème de qualité, si elle est "
|
||
"connue"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
|
||
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priorité` : assigner une priorité entre une ou trois étoiles pour"
|
||
" s'assurer que les problèmes les plus urgents sont traités en priorité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
|
||
"information to quality teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez utiliser les onglets en bas du formulaire pour fournir des "
|
||
"informations supplémentaires aux équipes de qualité :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description` : fournir plus de détails sur le problème de qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Mesures correctives` : méthode de correction des produits "
|
||
"concernés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
|
||
"occurring in the future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Mesures préventives` : procédures visant à éviter que le problème"
|
||
" ne se reproduise à l'avenir"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
|
||
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Divers` : le fournisseur du produit (le cas échéant), "
|
||
"l'entreprise qui fabrique le produit et la date d'assignation"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
|
||
msgstr "Un exemple de formulaire d'alerte qualité complété."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des alertes qualité pendant le processus de fabrication"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
|
||
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
|
||
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permet aux employés de fabrication de créer des alertes qualité au sein"
|
||
" d'un ordre de travail sans accéder au module *Qualité*. À partir de la vue "
|
||
"tablette de l'ordre de travail, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:` ☰ ` du menu "
|
||
"hamburger dans le coin supérieur gauche et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Alerte "
|
||
"qualité`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access the work order menu."
|
||
msgstr "Accédez au menu de l'ordre de travail."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
|
||
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut ensuite être complété comme il est "
|
||
"détaillé dans la section précédente. Après avoir sauvegardé le formulaire, "
|
||
"une nouvelle alerte apparaîtra dans le tableau de bord des "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alertes qualité` qui se trouvent dans le menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les alertes qualité existantes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
|
||
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
|
||
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
|
||
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
|
||
"calendar, and pivot table views."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, les alertes qualité sont organisées dans un tableau de bord "
|
||
"kanban. Les étapes du tableau kanban sont entièrement personnalisables et "
|
||
"les alertes peuvent être déplacées d'une étape à une autre par glisser-"
|
||
"déposer ou en cliquant sur chaque alerte. D'autres options sont disponibles "
|
||
"pour afficher les alertes, y compris les vues graphique, calendrier et "
|
||
"tableau croisé dynamique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
|
||
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
|
||
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtrez les alertes en fonction de divers critères, tels que la date "
|
||
"d'assignation ou la date de clôture. Il est également possible de regrouper "
|
||
"les alertes par équipe de qualité, cause première ou d'autres paramètres qui"
|
||
" figurent dans le menu :guilabel:`Filtres`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add quality controls"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des contrôles qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are "
|
||
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
|
||
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
|
||
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
|
||
"specific points during production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilisez **Odoo Qualité** pour contrôler la qualité des produits avant leur "
|
||
"enregistrement dans le stock, lors des opérations de transfert et à la "
|
||
"sortie de l'entrepôt pour un ordre de livraison. En créant des *points de "
|
||
"contrôle qualité*, les fabricants peuvent mettre en place des contrôles "
|
||
"qualité qui se déclenchent automatiquement à des moments précis de la "
|
||
"production."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Configure quality control points"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des points de contrôle qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
|
||
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
|
||
"accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un nouveau point de contrôle qualité, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle --> Créer`. "
|
||
"Complétez ensuite les champs suivants du formulaire :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
|
||
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Titre` : donnez un titre simple et informatif au point de "
|
||
"contrôle qualité pour que les équipes de production et de contrôle qualité "
|
||
"puissent le comprendre facilement"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
|
||
"specific quality control point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Produits` : indiquez quels produits devraient passer par le point"
|
||
" de contrôle qualité spécifique"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
|
||
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
|
||
"Orders`, etc.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Opérations` : déterminez quelles équipes opérationnelles "
|
||
"devraient réaliser le contrôle qualité (par ex. `Fabrication`, `Réceptions`,"
|
||
" `Bons de livraison`, etc.)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
|
||
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
|
||
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Opération d'ordre de travail` : pour les opérations de "
|
||
"fabrication, utilisez le menu déroulant pour indiquer à quel type d'ordre de"
|
||
" travail s'applique le point de contrôle qualité : :guilabel:`Assemblage "
|
||
"manuel`, :guilabel:`Colisage`, :guilabel:`Assemblage`, :guilabel:`Tests` ou "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assemblage de longue durée`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
|
||
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
|
||
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
|
||
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Société` : ajoutez la société qui mettra en place le point de "
|
||
"contrôle qualité. En général, il s'agit de la société à qui appartient la "
|
||
"base de données Odoo. Cependant, un profil multi-société ou fournisseur peut"
|
||
" également être sélectionné pour les cas où il y a plusieurs emplacements de"
|
||
" fabrication ou d'ingénierie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
|
||
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
|
||
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type de contrôle` : par le biais du menu déroulant, choisissez "
|
||
"parmi :guilabel:`Toutes les opérations`, :guilabel:`Aléatoirement` ou "
|
||
":guilabel:`Périodiquement` afin de déterminer combien de fois le point de "
|
||
"contrôle doit être exécuté"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
|
||
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type` : par le biais du menu déroulant, choisissez le type de "
|
||
"point de contrôle : :guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Prendre une photo`,"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Réussite - Échec`, ou :guilabel:`Mesure`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
|
||
"the quality control point check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Équipe` : décidez quelle équipe de qualité devrait recevoir les "
|
||
"résultats du point de contrôle qualité"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
|
||
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsable` : ajoutez un responsable pour gérer le statut et "
|
||
"l'évolution du point de contrôle qualité au fil du temps"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Instructions` : décrivez le contrôle qualité à exécuter"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
|
||
"fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message en cas d'échec` : instructions détaillées en cas d'échec "
|
||
"du contrôle"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Notes` : incluez ici toute information supplémentaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un exemple d'un formulaire de point de contrôle qualité complété pour un "
|
||
"test Réussite-Échec."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
|
||
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
|
||
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois qu'un point de contrôle a été configuré, un contrôle qualité sera "
|
||
"automatiquement créé et assigné lorsque l'opération ou l'ordre de travail "
|
||
"spécifique a été atteint. Les contrôles qualité peuvent être gérés en "
|
||
"sélectionnant :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir tous les contrôles qualité créés par un point de contrôle, allez à"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle`, sélectionnez un "
|
||
"point de contrôle et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Contrôles qualité` dans le coin "
|
||
"supérieur droit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
|
||
msgstr "Cas d'utilisation : configurer un contrôle qualité de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
|
||
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
|
||
"will pass the check:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour s'assurer qu'un produit répond à des exigences de mesure spécifiques, "
|
||
"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Mesure` dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Type`. La "
|
||
"sélection du type de contrôle qualité :guilabel:`Mesure` fait apparaître "
|
||
"trois nouveaux champs : :guilabel:`Appareil`, :guilabel:`Norme`, et "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolérance`. Ces champs peuvent être configurés de manière à ce "
|
||
"que seuls les produits se situant dans une certaine tolérance passent le "
|
||
"contrôle :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
|
||
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Appareil` : sélectionnez l'appareil de mesure à utiliser pour "
|
||
"prendre les mesures (par ex. mètre ruban)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
|
||
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norme` : précisez la mesure souhaitée à laquelle le produit doit "
|
||
"se conformer et l'unité de mesure à utiliser"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
|
||
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
|
||
" 60.5 mm)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolérance` : sélectionnez l'intervalle dans lequel une mesure "
|
||
"peut se situer tout en passant le contrôle (par ex. :guilabel:`de` 59,5 mm "
|
||
":guilabel:`à` 60,5 mm)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
|
||
"check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un exemple d'un formulaire de point de contrôle qualité configuré pour un "
|
||
"contrôle qualité de mesure."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
|
||
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
|
||
"specified on the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois le formulaire des points de contrôle qualité terminé, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder`. Ce test basé sur la mesure sera désormais déclenché"
|
||
" pour des produits précisés sur le formulaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
|
||
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
|
||
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
|
||
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
|
||
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
|
||
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
|
||
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
|
||
"team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque la production du produit précisé atteint le stade de l'opération qui"
|
||
" requiert un contrôle qualité de mesure, l'employé responsable de la "
|
||
"fabrication est invité à enregistrer et valider la mesure dans la vue de "
|
||
"tablette. Pour les produits dont les mesures sont comprises dans les valeurs"
|
||
" indiquées dans les champs :guilabel:`Tolérance`, le test sera une réussite."
|
||
" Cependant, pour les produits dont les mesures se situent en dehors de ces "
|
||
"valeurs, le test sera un échec. Dans ce cas, le travailleur qui a réalisé le"
|
||
" contrôle doit créer une alerte de qualité à partir de la vue de tablette. "
|
||
"Cette alerte de qualité peut ensuite être traitée par l'équipe de gestion de"
|
||
" la qualité."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
|
||
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo Achats** vous aide à suivre les conventions d'achat et les bons de "
|
||
"commande. Apprenez à suivre les appels d'offres, à automatiser les réassorts"
|
||
" et à suivre vos commandes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : Achats <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "Avancé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr "Analyser les performances de vos achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si votre entreprise achète régulièrement des produits, vous avez plusieurs "
|
||
"raisons de suivre et d'analyser vos performances. Les informations "
|
||
"recueillies peuvent vous aider à mieux prévoir et planifier vos futures "
|
||
"commandes. Par exemple, vous pouvez déterminer si votre entreprise est "
|
||
"dépendante de certains fournisseurs et les données peuvent vous aider à "
|
||
"négocier des remises sur les prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr "Générer des rapports personnalisés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Allez à *Analyse* pour accéder à l'analyse des achats. En accédant "
|
||
"simplement au tableau de bord des rapports, vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu "
|
||
"rapide de vos performances réelles. Par défaut, le tableau de bord des "
|
||
"rapports affiche un graphique linéaire présentant le nombre hors taxes de "
|
||
"vos bons de commande par jour, et en dessous, les mesures clés et un tableau"
|
||
" croisé dynamique."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Tableau de bord des rapports dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Bien que les données initialement présentées soient utiles, il existe "
|
||
"plusieurs outils et fonctionnalités que vous pouvez utiliser pour obtenir "
|
||
"encore plus d'informations sur vos achats."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des filtres pour sélectionner les données dont vous avez besoin"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo propose plusieurs filtres par défaut que vous pouvez utiliser et "
|
||
"combiner en cliquant sur *Filtres*. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un ou "
|
||
"plusieurs filtres, Odoo cherche toutes les commandes qui correspondent à au "
|
||
"moins un filtre sélectionné et complète les données dans le graphique, les "
|
||
"mesures clés et le tableau croisé dynamique. Les filtres préconfigurés sont "
|
||
":"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr "Toutes les *demandes de prix*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr "Tous les *bons de commande*, à l'exception des bons annulés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*Date de confirmation de l'année dernière* comprend toutes les commandes qui"
|
||
" ont été confirmées l'année précédente, y compris les bons de commande "
|
||
"annulés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*Date de la commande* comprend toutes les commandes - demandes de prix et "
|
||
"bons de commande (y compris les bons annulés) - en fonction de leur date de "
|
||
"création"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*Date de confirmation* comprend toutes les commandes confirmées, y compris "
|
||
"les bons de commande annulés, en fonction de leur date de confirmation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous avez sélectionné une période, vous pouvez utiliser plusieurs "
|
||
"années et, avec au moins une année sélectionnée, plusieurs trimestres, ainsi"
|
||
" que les trois derniers mois."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous utilisez les filtres *date de la commande* ou *date de "
|
||
"confirmation*, la fonctionnalité *Comparaison* apparaît à côté de *Filtres*."
|
||
" Elle vous permet de comparer la période que vous avez filtrée avec la "
|
||
"période précédente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Filtres des rapports dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter des filtres personnalisés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Grâce aux 31 options de filtrage disponibles, les possibilités de "
|
||
"personnalisation de l'ensemble de vos données sont presque illimitées. Allez"
|
||
" à :menuselection:`Filtres --> Ajouter un filtre personnalisé`, précisez la "
|
||
"condition à laquelle l'option de filtrage doit répondre (par ex. *est égal "
|
||
"à*, *contient*, etc.) et cliquez sur *Appliquer*. Si vous voulez "
|
||
"sélectionner des commandes répondant à plusieurs conditions en même temps "
|
||
"(opérateur *et*), répétez le processus pour ajouter un autre filtre "
|
||
"personnalisé. Si vous voulez utiliser l'opérateur *ou*, ne cliquez pas sur "
|
||
"*Appliquer*, mais plutôt sur *Ajouter une condition*. Une fois que vous avez"
|
||
" ajouté toutes les options de filtrage souhaitées, cliquez sur *Appliquer*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Filtre de rapportage personnalisé dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour éviter de devoir recréer les filtres personnalisés à chaque fois, "
|
||
"sauvegardez-les en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Favoris --> Enregistrer la "
|
||
"recherche actuelle --> Sauvegarder`. Vous pouvez accéder au filtre de "
|
||
"recherche personnalisé en cliquant sur *Favoris* et même le définir comme "
|
||
"filtre par défaut en ouvrant le tableau de bord des rapports."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr "Mesurer exactement ce dont vous avez besoin"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de sélectionner ce que vous voulez mesurer, vous devez décider si vous"
|
||
" préférez utiliser une vue graphique ou une vue tableau croisé dynamique. "
|
||
"Par défaut, le tableau de bord présente les deux vues. Cependant, les "
|
||
"mesures sélectionnées ne seront pas appliquées aux deux vues. Vous pouvez "
|
||
"accéder à chaque vue séparément en cliquant sur les icônes en haut à droite "
|
||
"du tableau de bord."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Changer la vue des rapports dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr "Visualiser vos données"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez transformer le graphique principal en un seul clic en "
|
||
"sélectionnant un des trois graphiques : à barres, linéaire ou circulaire. "
|
||
"Quatorze mesures différentes sont disponibles, mais vous ne pouvez en "
|
||
"utiliser qu'une seule à la fois. Toutefois, vous pouvez regrouper la mesure "
|
||
"en utilisant un ou plusieurs des 19 *groupes*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Rapport sur la vue graphique dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour les graphiques à barres et les graphiques linéaires, la mesure "
|
||
"sélectionnée est l'axe Y et le premier groupe sélectionné est utilisé pour "
|
||
"créer l'axe X. L'ajout d'un groupe supplémentaire permet d'ajouter des "
|
||
"lignes supplémentaires (graphique linéaire) ou de transformer votre "
|
||
"graphique à barres en graphique empilé. Pour les graphiques circulaires, "
|
||
"plus vous sélectionnez de groupes, plus le nombre de tranches affichées est "
|
||
"important."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr "Explorer vos données"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le tableau croisé dynamique vous permet d'explorer vos données en détail. "
|
||
"Contrairement à la vue graphique, le tableau croisé dynamique vous permet "
|
||
"d'ajouter plusieurs mesures en même temps. En cliquant sur *Mesures* ou sur "
|
||
"le signe **+** dans la colonne *Total*, vous pouvez en ajouter autant que "
|
||
"vous voulez, chaque mesure étant assignée à une nouvelle colonne. En "
|
||
"cliquant sur le signe **+** de la ligne *Total*, vous pouvez ajouter des "
|
||
"*Groupes*. Si vous cliquez sur le signe **+** d'un groupe, vous pouvez "
|
||
"ajouter un sous-groupe, et ainsi de suite."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Vue du tableau croisé dynamique dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez insérer les données de votre tableau croisé dynamique "
|
||
"directement dans l'application Feuille de calcul ou les exporter sous forme "
|
||
"de fichier Excel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les contrats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utiliser des contrats-cadres pour créer des conventions d'achat avec des "
|
||
"fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
|
||
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
|
||
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
|
||
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les contrats-cadres sont des conventions d'achat à long terme entre une "
|
||
"société et un fournisseur pour livrer des produits sur base régulière à un "
|
||
"prix prédéterminé. Les contrats-cadres sont utiles lorsque les produits sont"
|
||
" toujours achetés auprès du même fournisseur, mais dans des quantités "
|
||
"différentes et à des moments différents."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
|
||
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
|
||
"pricing with vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En simplifiant le processus de commande, les contrats-cadres permettent non "
|
||
"seulement de gagner du temps, mais aussi de l'argent, puisqu'ils peuvent "
|
||
"être avantageux lors de la négociation de prix de gros avec les "
|
||
"fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
|
||
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un nouveau contrat-cadre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
|
||
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
|
||
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer des contrats-cadres, vous devez d'abord activer la fonctionnalité"
|
||
" *Conventions d'achat* dans les paramètres de l'application *Achats*. Pour "
|
||
"ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres` "
|
||
"et dans la section :guilabel:`Commandes`, cochez la case à côté de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Conventions d'achat`. Vous pourrez ainsi créer des contrats-"
|
||
"cadres et des demandes de prix alternatives."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonctionnalité Conventions d'achat activée dans les paramètres de "
|
||
"l'application Achats."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
|
||
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
|
||
"a new blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un contrat-cadre, allez à :menuselection:`Achats --> Commandes "
|
||
"--> Contrats-cadres` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Cela permet "
|
||
"d'accéder à un formulaire de contrat-cadre vierge."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
|
||
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
|
||
"agreement must follow:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir de ce nouveau formulaire de contrat-cadre, il est possible de "
|
||
"configurer plusieurs champs et paramètres, de manière à ce qu'il y ait des "
|
||
"règles prédéterminées que la convention récurrente à long terme doit "
|
||
"respecter :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
|
||
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
|
||
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsable des achats` : il s'agit de l'utilisateur assigné à ce"
|
||
" contrat-cadre en particulier. Par défaut, il s'agit de l'utilisateur qui a "
|
||
"créé la convention ; il est possible de modifier l'utilisateur directement "
|
||
"dans le menu déroulant à côté de ce champ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
|
||
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
|
||
"purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type de convention` : il s'agit du type de convention d'achat "
|
||
"dans laquelle ce contrat-cadre est classé. Dans Odoo, les contrats-cadres "
|
||
"sont les seules conventions d'achat officielles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
|
||
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : il s'agit du fournisseur auquel cette convention "
|
||
"est liée, soit une fois, soit de manière récurrente. Le fournisseur peut "
|
||
"être sélectionné directement dans le menu déroulant à côté de ce champ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
|
||
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
|
||
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Devise` : il s'agit de la devise convenue qui sera utilisée pour "
|
||
"cet échange. Si plusieurs devises ont été activées dans la base de données, "
|
||
"la devise peut être modifiée dans le menu déroulant à côté de ce champ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
|
||
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
|
||
"expire, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date limite de la convention` : il s'agit de la date à laquelle "
|
||
"cette convention d'achat doit expirer (si vous le souhaitez). Si ce contrat-"
|
||
"cadre ne doit pas prendre fin, laissez ce champ vide."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
|
||
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
|
||
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
|
||
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date de commande` : il s'agit de la date du contrat-cadre si un "
|
||
"nouveau devis est créé directement à partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre. "
|
||
"Si un nouveau devis est créé, cette valeur sera automatiquement complétée "
|
||
"dans le champ *Échéance de commande* sur la demande de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
|
||
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
|
||
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
|
||
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
|
||
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Date de livraison` : il s'agit de la date de livraison prévue "
|
||
"pour les produits figurant sur une demande de prix directement créée à "
|
||
"partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre. Si un nouveau devis est créé, cette "
|
||
"valeur sera automatiquement complétée dans le champ *Arrivée prévue* de la "
|
||
"demande de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
|
||
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
|
||
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Document d'origine` : il s'agit du bon de commande d'origine "
|
||
"auquel ce contrat-cadre sera lié. Si ce contrat-cadre ne doit être lié à "
|
||
"aucun bon de commande existant, laissez ce champ vide."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
|
||
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
|
||
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
|
||
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Société` : il s'agit de la société assignée à ce contrat-cadre "
|
||
"spécifique. Par défaut, il s'agit de la société sous laquelle est répertorié"
|
||
" l'utilisateur qui a créé le contrat-cadre. Si la date de données n'est pas "
|
||
"une base de données multi-sociétés, ce champ ne peut pas être modifié et "
|
||
"sera complété par défaut par la seule société répertoriée dans la base de "
|
||
"données."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
|
||
msgstr "Nouvelle convention d'achat de contrat-cadre avec ajout de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
|
||
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
|
||
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
|
||
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que tous les champs pertinents ont été complétés, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ajouter des produits dans la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit`. Modifiez ensuite la quantité de chaque produit dans la "
|
||
"colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` (si vous le souhaitez) et définissez un prix "
|
||
"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
|
||
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
|
||
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
|
||
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
|
||
" price will remain **0**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de l'ajout de produits à un nouveau contrat-cadre, les prix "
|
||
"préexistants des produits ne seront pas ajoutés automatiquement aux lignes "
|
||
"de produits. Les prix doivent être assignés manuellement en modifiant la "
|
||
"valeur dans la colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire` pour qu'elle corresponde à "
|
||
"un prix convenu avec le fournisseur sélectionné. Sinon, le prix restera "
|
||
"**0**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
|
||
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
|
||
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
|
||
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher et modifier les paramètres par défaut des contrats-cadres "
|
||
"directement à partir du formulaire du contrat-cadre, cliquez sur le "
|
||
":guilabel:`lien interne (icône de flèche)` à côté du champ :guilabel:`Type "
|
||
"de convention` où est complété :guilabel:`Contrat-cadre`. Vous accéderez "
|
||
"ainsi aux paramètres du contrat-cadre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
|
||
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
|
||
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
|
||
"for the type of selection:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De là, vous pouvez éditer les paramètres des contrats-cadres. Dans la "
|
||
"section :guilabel:`Type de convention`, le nom du :guilabel:`Type de "
|
||
"convention` peut être modifié (si vous le souhaitez), ainsi que le "
|
||
":guilabel:`Type de sélection de la convention`. Deux options peuvent être "
|
||
"activées pour le type de sélection :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Sélectionner une seule demande de prix (exclusif)` : lorsqu'un "
|
||
"bon de commande est confirmé, les autres bons de commande seront annulés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
|
||
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Sélectionner plusieurs demandes de prix (non exclusif)` : "
|
||
"lorsqu'un bon de commande est confirmé, les autres bons de commande ne "
|
||
"seront **pas** annulés. En revanche, il est autorisé d'avoir plusieurs bons "
|
||
"de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
|
||
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
|
||
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la section :guilabel:`Données pour nouveaux devis`, les paramètres "
|
||
"relatifs à la manière dont les lignes de produits et les quantités seront "
|
||
"renseignées sur les nouveaux devis utilisant cette convention d'achat "
|
||
"peuvent être modifiés à côté des champs :guilabel:`Lignes` et "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantités`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Page de modification du type de convention d'achat pour les contrats-cadres."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
|
||
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
|
||
msgstr "Deux options peuvent être activées pour les :guilabel:`Lignes` :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
|
||
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Utiliser les lignes de la convention` : lors de la création d'un "
|
||
"nouveau devis, les lignes de produits seront précomplétées avec les mêmes "
|
||
"produits que ceux du contrat-cadre, si ce dernier est sélectionné dans le "
|
||
"nouveau devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
|
||
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
|
||
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ne pas créer des lignes de demande de prix automatiquement` : "
|
||
"lors de la création d'un nouveau devis et la sélection d'un contrat-cadre "
|
||
"existant, les paramètres seront repris dans le nouveau devis, mais les "
|
||
"lignes de produits ne seront pas complétées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
|
||
msgstr "Deux options peuvent être activées pour les :guilabel:`Quantités` :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
|
||
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Utiliser les quantités de la convention` : lors de la création "
|
||
"d'un nouveau devis, les quantités de produit répertoriées sur le contrat-"
|
||
"cadre seront précomplétées dans les lignes de produits, si ce contrat-cadre "
|
||
"est sélectionné sur le nouveau devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
|
||
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
|
||
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
|
||
"manually set by the user."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Définir les quantités manuellement` : lors de la création d'un "
|
||
"nouveau devis et la sélection d'un contrat-cadre existant, les lignes de "
|
||
"produits seront précomplétées, mais toutes les quantités seront mises à "
|
||
"**0**. Les quantités devront être définies manuellement par l'utilisateur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
|
||
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
|
||
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
|
||
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
|
||
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
|
||
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que les modifications souhaitées ont été effectuées (le cas "
|
||
"échéant), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau` (via le fil d'Ariane en haut de la"
|
||
" page) pour revenir au formulaire de contrat-cadre et cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour sauvegarder cette nouvelle convention d'achat. "
|
||
"Une fois confirmé, le contrat-cadre passe de *Brouillon* à *En cours*, ce "
|
||
"qui signifie que cette convention peut être sélectionnée et utilisée lors de"
|
||
" la création de nouvelles demandes de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
|
||
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après la création et la confirmation d'un contrat-cadre, il est toujours "
|
||
"possible d'éditer, d'ajouter et de supprimer des produits, quantités et prix"
|
||
" de la convention d'achat."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une nouvelle demande de prix à partir du contrat-cadre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
|
||
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
|
||
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
|
||
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir confirmé un contrat-cadre, de nouveaux devis peuvent être créés "
|
||
"directement à partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre qui utilisera les règles"
|
||
" définies sur le formulaire et complétera le nouveau devis avec les "
|
||
"informations correctes. De plus, ce nouveau devis sera automatiquement lié à"
|
||
" ce formulaire de contrat-cadre via le bouton intelligent "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demandes de prix/Commandes` en haut à droite du formulaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
|
||
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer un nouveau devis à partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre, cliquez"
|
||
" sur :guilabel:`Nouveau devis`. Ceci permet d'accéder à une nouvelle demande"
|
||
" de prix vierge, qui est précomplété avec les informations correctes, en "
|
||
"fonction des paramètres configurés sur le formulaire de contrat-cadre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir du nouveau formulaire de demande de prix, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envoyer par email` pour écrire et envoyer un email au fournisseur"
|
||
" répertorié ; cliquez sur :guilabel:`Imprimer la demande de prix` pour "
|
||
"générer un PDF imprimable du devis ; ou, une fois prêt, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour confirmer le bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Nouveau devis avec des produits et des règles copiés du contrat-cadre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
|
||
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
|
||
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
|
||
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
|
||
"order that was just created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que le bon de commande a été confirmé, revenez au formulaire de "
|
||
"contrat-cadre (via le fil d'Ariane en haut de la page). Sur le formulaire de"
|
||
" contrat-cadre figure désormais une demande de prix dans le bouton "
|
||
"intelligent :guilabel:`Demandes de prix/Commandes` en haut à droite du "
|
||
"formulaire. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Demandes de "
|
||
"prix/Commandes` pour voir le bon de commande qui vient d'être créé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Bouton intelligent des demandes de prix et commandes sur un formulaire de "
|
||
"contrat-cadre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr "Créer un nouveau contrat-cadre à partir d'une demande de prix"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix, allez à l'application "
|
||
":menuselection:`Achats` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajoutez ensuite les informations au formulaire de demande de prix : ajoutez "
|
||
"un fournisseur dans le menu déroulant à côté du champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` pour "
|
||
"sélectionner un produit dans le menu déroulant dans la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit`. Ensuite, définissez la quantité que vous voulez acheter"
|
||
" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` et modifiez le prix d'achat dans la "
|
||
"colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`, si vous le souhaitez. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
|
||
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
|
||
"Arrival` date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En cliquant sur l'icône des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires (deux "
|
||
"points)`, des options de visibilité supplémentaires peuvent être ajoutées à "
|
||
"la ligne. Répétez ces étapes pour ajouter autant d'options supplémentaires "
|
||
"que vous le souhaitez, y compris l':guilabel:`UdM` (Unité de mesure) dans "
|
||
"laquelle vous achetez les produits et la date d':guilabel:`Arrivée prévue`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
|
||
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
|
||
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
|
||
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
|
||
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Avant de confirmer le nouveau devis et de créer un bon de commande, cliquez "
|
||
"sur le menu déroulant à côté du champ :guilabel:`Contrat-cadre` et saisissez"
|
||
" un nouveau nom pour le nouveau contrat-cadre. Ceci permet de créer une "
|
||
"toute nouvelle convention d'achat et de sauvegarder les informations saisies"
|
||
" dans les champs du formulaire de bon de commande, ainsi que les "
|
||
"informations sur le produit saisies dans les lignes de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir du nouveau formulaire de demande de prix, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envoyer par email` pour écrire et envoyer un email au fournisseur"
|
||
" répertorié ; cliquez sur :guilabel:`Imprimer la demande de prix` pour "
|
||
"générer un PDF imprimable du devis ; ou, une fois prêt, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour confirmer le bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
|
||
msgstr "Nouveau contrat-cadre créé directement à partir du devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
|
||
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour voir le contrat-cadre nouvellement créé, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Commandes --> Contrats-cadres` et cliquez sur le nouveau "
|
||
"contrat-cadre. De là, vous pouvez modifier les paramètres et les règles si "
|
||
"vous le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Contrats-cadres et réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
|
||
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
|
||
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
|
||
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
|
||
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
|
||
"replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois qu'un contrat-cadre est confirmé, une nouvelle ligne fournisseur "
|
||
"est ajoutée à l'onglet :guilabel:`Achat` des produits figurant sur le "
|
||
"contrat-cadre. Cela rend les contrats-cadres particulièrement utiles pour le"
|
||
" :doc:`réassort automatisé <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, car les "
|
||
"informations relatives au :guilabel:`fournisseur`, au :guilabel:`prix` et à "
|
||
"la :guilabel:`Convention` sont reprises dans la ligne fournisseur. Ces "
|
||
"informations sont utilisées pour déterminer où, quand et à quel prix ce "
|
||
"produit peut être réapprovisionné."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
|
||
msgstr "Fiche de produit avec l'accord de réassort lié au contrat-cadre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
|
||
msgstr "Créer des demandes de prix alternatives pour plusieurs fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
|
||
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
|
||
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
|
||
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Parfois, les entreprises souhaitent demander des devis à plusieurs "
|
||
"fournisseurs en même temps, en les invitant à soumettre des offres pour des "
|
||
"biens ou des services similaires en une seule fois. Cela aide les "
|
||
"entreprises à sélectionner les fournisseurs les moins chers (et les plus "
|
||
"rapides), en fonction de leurs besoins spécifiques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
|
||
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
|
||
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
|
||
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
|
||
"which vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, cela peut se faire en ajoutant des demandes de prix alternatives "
|
||
"pour différentes fournisseurs. Une fois que vous recevez une réponse de "
|
||
"chaque fournisseur, vous pouvez comparer les lignes de produits de chaque "
|
||
"demande de prix et décider quels produits vous allez acheter auprès de quels"
|
||
" fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
|
||
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
|
||
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Parfois appelé un *appel d'offres*, ce processus est principalement utilisé "
|
||
"par les organisations du secteur public, qui sont légalement tenues de "
|
||
"l'utiliser lorsqu'elles effectuent un achat. Cependant, les entreprises "
|
||
"privées peuvent également utiliser des demandes de prix alternatives pour "
|
||
"dépenser efficacement leur argent."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
|
||
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer les paramètres de la convention d'achat"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
|
||
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
|
||
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
|
||
"*blanket orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer des demandes de prix alternatives directement à partir d'un "
|
||
"devis, vous devez d'abord activer la fonctionnalité *Conventions d'achat* "
|
||
"dans l'application *Achats*. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Achats "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Paramètres` et dans la section :guilabel:`Commandes`, "
|
||
"cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Conventions d'achat`. Ceci permet "
|
||
"d'activer la possibilité de créer des demandes de prix alternatives et des "
|
||
"*contrats-cadres*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La fonctionnalité Conventions d'achat activée dans les paramètres de "
|
||
"l'application Achats."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
|
||
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
|
||
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
|
||
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour gagner du temps lors d'un *appel d'offres*, il est possible de définir "
|
||
"des fournisseurs, des prix et des délais de livraison personnalisés dans "
|
||
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` d'une fiche de produit. Pour ce faire, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Achats --> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez un produit"
|
||
" à éditer. À partir de la fiche de produit, cliquez sur l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Achat` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Dans le menu"
|
||
" déroulant, choisissez un fournisseur à définir dans la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et définissez un :guilabel:`Prix` et un "
|
||
":guilabel:`Délai de livraison` si vous le souhaitez. En cliquant sur l'icône"
|
||
" des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires (deux points)`, vous obtiendrez des "
|
||
"options de visibilité supplémentaires à ajouter à la ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une demande de prix"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajoutez ensuite des informations au formulaire de demande de prix : "
|
||
"sélectionnez un fournisseur dans le menu déroulant à côté du champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` pour "
|
||
"choisir un produit dans le menu déroulant dans la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produit`. Ensuite, définissez la quantité que vous voulez acheter"
|
||
" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` et modifiez le prix d'achat dans la "
|
||
"colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`, si vous le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
|
||
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En cliquant sur l'icône des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires (deux "
|
||
"points)`, vous obtiendrez des options de visibilité supplémentaires à "
|
||
"ajouter à la ligne. Répétez ces étapes pour ajouter autant d'options que "
|
||
"vous le souhaitez, y compris l':guilabel:`UdM` (Unité de mesure) dans "
|
||
"laquelle vous achetez les produits et la date d':guilabel:`Arrivée prévue`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
|
||
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
|
||
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer par email`. Une "
|
||
"fenêtre contextuelle permettant de :guilabel:`Rédiger un email` apparaît "
|
||
"alors, dans laquelle vous pouvez personnaliser le message destiné au "
|
||
"vendeur. Une fois prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer`. La demande de prix "
|
||
"est alors transformée en bon de commande et un email est envoyé au "
|
||
"fournisseur répertorié sur le bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fenêtre contextuelle permettant de rédiger et d'envoyer un email de devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
|
||
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
|
||
"offers for them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'envoi d'emails à chaque fournisseur peut s'avérer utile lors de la "
|
||
"création de demandes de prix alternatives, car les fournisseurs peuvent "
|
||
"confirmer si leurs prix antérieurs sont toujours valables aujourd'hui, ce "
|
||
"qui peut aider les entreprises à choisir les meilleurs offres pour elles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr "Créer des alternatives à une demande de prix"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
|
||
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
|
||
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
|
||
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois qu'un bon de commande est créé et envoyé par email à un "
|
||
"fournisseur, il est possible de créer des demandes de prix alternatives et "
|
||
"de les envoyer à d'autres fournisseurs afin de comparer les prix, les délais"
|
||
" de livraison et d'autres facteurs et de décider auprès de quel fournisseur "
|
||
"commander tel ou tel produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour créer des demandes de prix alternatives, cliquez sur l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` du formulaire de bon de commande, puis cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative`. Une fenêtre contextuelle permettant de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative` apparaît alors."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fenêtre contextuelle d'appels d'offres s'affiche pour créer un devis "
|
||
"alternatif."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
|
||
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans cette fenêtre, sélectionnez un nouveau/différent fournisseur dans le "
|
||
"menu déroulant à côté du champ :guilabel:`Fournisseur` pour lui assigner ce "
|
||
"devis alternatif."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
|
||
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
|
||
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
|
||
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À côté de ce champ se trouve une case :guilabel:`Copier les produits` qui "
|
||
"est cochée par défaut. Si cette option est activée, les quantités de produit"
|
||
" du bon de commande d'origine sont copiées dans le bon de commande "
|
||
"alternatif. Pour ce premier devis alternatif, laissez la case cochée. Une "
|
||
"fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une alternative`. "
|
||
"Vous accéderez alors à un nouveau bon de commande vierge."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
|
||
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
|
||
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puisque la case :guilabel:`Créer une alternative` est restée cochée, ce "
|
||
"nouveau formulaire de bon de commande est déjà complété avec les mêmes "
|
||
"produits, quantités et autres détails que le bon de commande d'origine "
|
||
"précédent."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
|
||
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
|
||
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
|
||
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
|
||
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
|
||
"manually, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque la case :guilabel:`Copier les produits` est cochée lors de la "
|
||
"création d'un devis alternatif, il n'est pas nécessaire d'ajouter des "
|
||
"produits supplémentaires au bon de commande sauf si vous le souhaitez. "
|
||
"Cependant, si un fournisseur choisi n'est pas répertorié dans la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` sur une fiche de produit reprise sur le bon de "
|
||
"commande, les valeurs définies sur la fiche du produit sont reportées sur le"
|
||
" bon de commande et doivent être modifiées manuellement, si vous le "
|
||
"souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
|
||
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous êtes prêt, créez un deuxième devis alternatif en cliquant "
|
||
"sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives` et encore une fois sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative`. La fenêtre contextuelle permettant de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative` apparaît de nouveau. Cette fois, "
|
||
"choisissez un fournisseur différent dans le menu déroulant à côté de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et cette fois, *décochez* la case :guilabel:`Copier "
|
||
"les produits`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer une alternative`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un devis alternatif doit être supprimé de l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives`, vous pouvez le supprimer individuellement en "
|
||
"cliquant sur l'icône :guilabel:`Supprimer (X)` au bout de sa ligne."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
|
||
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
|
||
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
|
||
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un troisième bon de commande est ainsi créé. Mais, puisque les quantités de "
|
||
"produits du bon de commande d'origine n'ont *pas* été recopiées, les lignes "
|
||
"de produits sont vides et de nouveaux produits doivent être ajoutés en "
|
||
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` et en sélectionnant les produits"
|
||
" souhaités dans le menu déroulant. Une fois que vous avez ajouté le nombre "
|
||
"souhaité de produits, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer par email`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr "Devis alternatif vierge avec des alternatives dans le fil d'Ariane."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
|
||
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
|
||
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cela fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle permettant de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rédiger un email`, dans laquelle vous pouvez personnaliser le "
|
||
"message destiné au fournisseur. Une fois prêt, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envoyer` pour envoyer un email au fournisseur répertorié sur le "
|
||
"bon de commande. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
|
||
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir de ce tout nouveau bon de commande, cliquez sur l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives`. Dans cet onglet, les trois bons de commande "
|
||
"figurent dans la colonne :guilabel:`Référence`. De plus, les fournisseurs "
|
||
"sont répertoriés dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et le "
|
||
":guilabel:`Total` de la commande et le :guilabel:`Statut` des commandes "
|
||
"figurent également dans les lignes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
|
||
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
|
||
msgstr "Lier une nouvelle demande de prix à des devis existants"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
|
||
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
|
||
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
|
||
"at first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La création de devis alternatifs directement à partir d'un bon de commande "
|
||
"sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives` est la manière la plus simple de "
|
||
"créer et de lier des devis. Cependant, il est possible de lier des demandes "
|
||
"de prix distinctes *après* coup, même si elles ont été créées totalement "
|
||
"séparément au départ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
|
||
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer par email`. Cela"
|
||
" fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle permettant de :guilabel:`Rédiger "
|
||
"un email`, dans laquelle vous pouvez personnaliser le message destiné au "
|
||
"fournisseur. Une fois le message prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer` pour "
|
||
"envoyer un email au fournisseur répertorié sur le bon de commande. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
|
||
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
|
||
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, cliquez de nouveau sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives`. Puisque "
|
||
"ce nouveau bon de commande a été créé séparément, il n'y a pas encore "
|
||
"d'autres bons de commande liés. Pour lier ce bon de commande aux "
|
||
"alternatives créés précédemment, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Lier à une demande "
|
||
"de prix existante` sur la première ligne de la colonne "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fenêtre contextuelle pour lier un nouveau devis aux demandes de devis "
|
||
"existantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
|
||
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une nouvelle fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Ajouter : Bons de commande "
|
||
"alternatifs` s'affiche. Sélectionnez les trois bons de commande créés "
|
||
"précédemment et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`. Ces trois bons de "
|
||
"commande sont maintenant copiés dans ce bon de commande sous l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
|
||
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
|
||
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
|
||
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un grand nombre de bons de commande est en cours de traitement et que les"
|
||
" bons de commande précédents sont introuvables, essayez de cliquer sur "
|
||
":menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Fournisseur` en dessous de la barre de "
|
||
"recherche en haut de la fenêtre contextuelle pour regrouper les bons de "
|
||
"commande en fonction des fournisseurs sélectionnés dans les bons de commande"
|
||
" précédents."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
|
||
msgid "Compare product lines"
|
||
msgstr "Comparer les lignes de produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
|
||
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
|
||
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
|
||
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
|
||
"created previously."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque plusieurs demandes de devis sont liées en tant qu'alternatives, "
|
||
"elles peuvent être comparées côte à côte afin de déterminer quels "
|
||
"fournisseurs proposent les meilleures offres pour quels produits. Pour "
|
||
"comparer chaque devis, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et "
|
||
"sélectionnez l'un des devis créés précédemment."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
|
||
" a Compare Order Lines page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives` pour voir toutes les "
|
||
"demandes de prix liées. Ensuite, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Créer une "
|
||
"alternative`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Comparer les lignes de produits`. Vous "
|
||
"accédez ainsi à la page permettant de comparer les lignes de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La page permettant de comparer les lignes de produits des demandes de prix "
|
||
"alternatives."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
|
||
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
|
||
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La page permettant de comparer les lignes de commande est regroupée par "
|
||
"défaut par :guilabel:`Produit`. Chaque produit repris sur l'une des demandes"
|
||
" de prix est affiché dans son propre menu déroulant, avec tous les numéros "
|
||
"de bon de commande dans la colonne :guilabel:`Référence`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
|
||
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
|
||
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
|
||
"order, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les colonnes supplémentaires sur cette page comprennent le "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` auprès duquel les produits ont été commandés, le "
|
||
":guilabel:`Statut` du devis (c'est-à-dire, demande de prix, demande de prix "
|
||
"envoyée) ; la :guilabel:`Quantité` des produits commandés auprès de chaque "
|
||
"fournisseur ; le :guilabel:`Prix unitaire` par produit et le prix "
|
||
":guilabel:`total` de la commande, et bien plus encore."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
|
||
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
|
||
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
|
||
" is changed to **0**, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour supprimer des lignes de produits de la page permettant de comparer les "
|
||
"lignes de commande, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Effacer` à l'extrême droite de "
|
||
"cette ligne de produit. Cette opération supprime ce produit de la page en "
|
||
"tant qu'option de choix et fait passer à **0** le prix :guilabel:`total` de "
|
||
"ce produit sur la page. Sur le formulaire de bon de commande sur lequel "
|
||
"figurait ce produit, sa quantité commandée est également ramenée à **0**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
|
||
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
|
||
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
|
||
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que les meilleures offres ont été identifiées, à la fin de chaque "
|
||
"ligne, il est possible de sélectionner des produits individuels en cliquant "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Choisir`. Une fois que tous les produits souhaités ont été "
|
||
"choisis, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Demandes de prix` (dans le fil d'Ariane en "
|
||
"haut de la page) pour revenir à une vue d'ensemble de toutes les demandes de"
|
||
" prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
|
||
msgstr "Annuler (ou conserver) des alternatives"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
|
||
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant que les produits souhaités ont été choisis, en fonction des "
|
||
"fournisseurs qui ont fait la meilleure offre, les autres demandes de prix "
|
||
"(pour lesquelles aucun produit n'a été choisi) peuvent être annulées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
|
||
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
|
||
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
|
||
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
|
||
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la colonne :guilabel:`Total`, à l'extrême droite de chaque ligne, les "
|
||
"commandes pour lesquelles aucun produit n'a été choisi ont automatiquement "
|
||
"vu leur coût total fixé à **0**. Même si elles n'ont pas encore été "
|
||
"annulées, elles pourront l'être à terme sans répercussions, *une fois que* "
|
||
"tous les bons de commande souhaités ont été confirmés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
|
||
msgstr "Devis annulés dans la vue d'ensemble de l'application Achats."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
|
||
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
|
||
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour confirmer un devis qui contient les quantités de produit choisies, "
|
||
"cliquez sur l'un d'entre eux. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la "
|
||
"commande`. Une fenêtre contextuelle d':guilabel:`Avertissement concernant "
|
||
"l'alternative` apparaît. De là, vous pouvez décider d':guilabel:`Annuler les"
|
||
" alternatives` ou de :guilabel:`Conserver les alternatives`. Si ce bon de "
|
||
"commande ne doit *pas* être confirmé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Annuler`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
|
||
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Annuler les alternatives` annule automatiquement les bons de "
|
||
"commande alternatifs. :guilabel:`Conserver les alternatives` laisse les bons"
|
||
" de commande alternatifs ouverts, de sorte qu'il est toujours possible d'y "
|
||
"accéder si des quantités supplémentaires de produits doivent être "
|
||
"commandées. Une fois que tous les produits sont commandés, vous pouvez "
|
||
"choisir d':guilabel:`Annuler les alternatives` à partir de n'importe quel "
|
||
"bon de commande ouvert."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
|
||
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
|
||
"when finished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher un formulaire détaillé d'une demande de prix répertoriée, "
|
||
"cliquez sur la ligne correspondant à ce devis. Une fenêtre contextuelle "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ouvrir : Bons de commande alternatifs` s'affiche, dans laquelle "
|
||
"tous les détails de ce devis particulier peuvent être consultés. Cliquez sur"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Fermer` lorsque vous avez terminé. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fenêtre contextuelle pour conserver ou annuler des demandes de prix "
|
||
"alternatives."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
|
||
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Avertissement concernant "
|
||
"l'alternative`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Conserver les alternatives` pour "
|
||
"laisser tous les devis alternatifs ouverts pour l'instant. Cliquez ensuite "
|
||
"sur :guilabel:`Demandes de prix` (dans le fil d'Ariane en haut de la page) "
|
||
"pour retourner à la vue d'ensemble des demandes de prix."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
|
||
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cliquez sur le(s) devis restant(s) qui contien(nen)t des produits à "
|
||
"commander et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Une fenêtre "
|
||
"contextuelle :guilabel:`Avertissement concernant l'alternative` s'affiche de"
|
||
" nouveau. Cette fois, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Annuler les alternatives` pour "
|
||
"annuler toutes les autres demandes de prix alternatives liées à ce devis."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
|
||
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
|
||
"column at the far right of their rows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Demandes de prix` (dans le fil d'Ariane, en "
|
||
"haut de la page) pour retourner à la vue d'ensemble de toutes les demandes "
|
||
"de prix. Les commandes annulées sont grisées et répertoriées avec le statut "
|
||
":guilabel:`Annulé` dans la colonne :guilabel:`Statut` à l'extrême droite de "
|
||
"leurs lignes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
|
||
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
|
||
"into the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Maintenant que toutes les quantités de produits ont été commandées, le "
|
||
"processus d'achat peut se poursuivre jusqu'à son terme, jusqu'à ce que les "
|
||
"produits soient reçus dans l'entrepôt."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies"
|
||
msgstr "Politiques de contrôle des factures"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
|
||
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
|
||
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
|
||
"applied to any new product created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, la politique de *contrôle des factures* détermine les quantités "
|
||
"facturées par les fournisseurs sur chaque bon de commande, pour les "
|
||
"quantités commandées et reçues. La politique sélectionnée dans les "
|
||
"paramètres sera la valeur par défaut et s'appliquera à chaque nouveau "
|
||
"produit créé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour afficher la politique de contrôle des factures et effectuer des "
|
||
"changements, allez à :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Paramètres` et descendez jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation`. Vous y "
|
||
"trouverez deux options de politique de :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` : "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantités commandées` et :guilabel:`Quantités reçues`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
|
||
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La politique sélectionnée sera la politique par défaut pour chaque nouveau "
|
||
"produit créé. Les politiques sont définies comme suit :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
|
||
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantités commandées` : crée une facture fournisseur dès qu'un "
|
||
"bon de commande est confirmé. Les produits et les quantités du bon de "
|
||
"commande sont utilisés pour générer une facture brouillon."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
|
||
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
|
||
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantités reçues` : une facture fournisseur n'est créée "
|
||
"qu'*après* la réception d'une partie de la commande totale. Les produits et "
|
||
"les quantités *reçus* sont utilisés pour générer une facture brouillon. Un "
|
||
"message d'erreur apparaîtra si l'on tente de créer une facture fournisseur "
|
||
"sans avoir reçu quoi que ce soit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
|
||
msgstr "Message d'erreur concernant la politique de contrôle des factures."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
|
||
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
|
||
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un ou deux produits nécessitent une politique de contrôle différente, le "
|
||
"paramètre de contrôle des factures par défaut peut être remplacé en allant à"
|
||
" l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` du modèle d'un produit et en modifiant le champ"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Politique de contrôle`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de flux : Quantités commandées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour réaliser un exemple de flux de travail utilisant la politique de "
|
||
"contrôle des factures des *quantités commandées*, allez d'abord à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, descendez jusqu'à "
|
||
"la section :guilabel:`Facturation` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Quantités "
|
||
"commandées`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer "
|
||
"les changements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
|
||
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
|
||
"products actually being received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application :guilabel:`Achats`, créez une nouvelle demande de prix. "
|
||
"Complétez les informations du formulaire de devis, ajoutez des produits aux "
|
||
"lignes de la facture et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. "
|
||
"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur`. Puisque la "
|
||
"politique est définie sur *quantités commandées*, la facture brouillon peut "
|
||
"être confirmée dès sa création, sans qu'aucun produit n'ait été reçu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr "Exemple de flux : Quantités reçues"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
|
||
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour réaliser un exemple de flux de travail utilisant la politique de "
|
||
"contrôle des factures des *quantités reçues*, allez d'abord à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, descendez jusqu'à "
|
||
"la section :guilabel:`Facturation` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Quantités "
|
||
"reçues`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour enregistrer les "
|
||
"changements."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
|
||
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
|
||
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
|
||
"some of the quantities are received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application :guilabel:`Achats`, créez une nouvelle demande de prix. "
|
||
"Complétez les informations du devis, ajoutez des produits aux lignes de la "
|
||
"facture et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Cliquez ensuite "
|
||
"sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception`. Définissez les quantités "
|
||
"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` pour correspondre aux quantités dans la "
|
||
"colonne :guilabel:`Demande` et :guilabel:`validez` les changements. Ensuite,"
|
||
" dans le bon de commande, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture "
|
||
"fournisseur` et :guilabel:`confirmez`. Puisque la politique est définie sur "
|
||
"*quantités reçues*, la facture brouillon ne sera confirmée *que* lorsqu'au "
|
||
"moins une partie des quantités est reçue."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
|
||
msgid "3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "Correspondance à trois voies"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
|
||
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
|
||
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'activation de la :guilabel:`correspondance à trois voies` assure que les "
|
||
"factures fournisseurs ne sont payées que lorsque certains produits ou tous "
|
||
"les produits du bon de commande ont été reçus. Pour l'activer, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et descendez "
|
||
"jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation`. Ensuite, cliquez sur "
|
||
":guilabel:`Correspondance à trois voies : achats, réceptions et factures`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
|
||
"set to *received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La correspondance à trois voies est *uniquement* conçue pour fonctionner "
|
||
"lorsque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur *quantités "
|
||
"reçues*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "Payer des factures fournisseurs avec la correspondance à trois voies"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
|
||
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
|
||
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
|
||
"in a purchase order have been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque la :guilabel:`correspodance à trois voies` est activée, les factures"
|
||
" fournisseurs seront affichées dans le champ :guilabel:`Doit être payée` "
|
||
"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations`. Lorsqu'une nouvelle facture "
|
||
"fournisseur est créée, ce champ sera défini sur :guilabel:`Oui`, puisqu'il "
|
||
"n'est pas possible de créer une facture avant qu'au moins une partie des "
|
||
"produits du bon de commande ait été reçue."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
|
||
msgstr "Statut Doit être payée d'une facture brouillon."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
|
||
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
|
||
"draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la quantité totale de produits d'un bon de commande n'a pas été reçue, "
|
||
"Odoo n'inclut que les produits qui *ont* été reçus dans la facture "
|
||
"fournisseur brouillon."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
|
||
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
|
||
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
|
||
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
|
||
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les factures brouillon peuvent être éditées pour augmenter la quantité "
|
||
"facturée, changer le prix des produits sur la facture et ajouter des "
|
||
"produits additionnels à la facture. Une fois cela fait, le statut du champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Doit être payée` sera défini sur :guilabel:`Exception`. Ceci "
|
||
"signifie que Odoo remarque l'anomalie, mais ne bloque pas les modifications "
|
||
"ou n'affiche pas de message d'erreur, puisqu'il pourrait y avoir une raison "
|
||
"valide pour apporter des modifications à la facture brouillon."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
|
||
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que le paiement a été enregistré pour une facture fournisseur et "
|
||
"qu'elle affiche la bannière verte :guilabel:`Payé`, le statut de champ "
|
||
":guilabel:`Doit être payée` sera défini sur :guilabel:`Non`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
|
||
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
|
||
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le statut :guilabel:`Doit être payée` sur les factures est défini "
|
||
"automatiquement par Odoo. Cependant, le statut peut être modifié "
|
||
"manuellement en cliquant sur le menu déroulant du champ dans l'onglet "
|
||
":guilabel:`Autres informations`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr "Vue du statut de facturation d'un bon de commande"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
|
||
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsqu'un bon de commande est confirmé, son :guilabel:`Statut de "
|
||
"facturation` peut s'afficher sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations` "
|
||
"sur le formulaire du bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
|
||
msgstr "Statut de facturation du bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
|
||
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
|
||
"policy used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous trouverez ci-dessous la liste des statuts différents que peut revêtir "
|
||
"un :guilabel:`Statut de facturation` et du moment où ils sont affichés, en "
|
||
"fonction de la politique de contrôle des factures utilisée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Statut de facturation`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr "**Conditions**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*Quantités reçues*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*Quantités commandées\"*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Rien à facturer`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr "Bon de commande confirmé ; aucun produit reçu"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "*Not applicable*"
|
||
msgstr "*Non applicable*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Factures en attente`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr "Tous/quelques produits reçus ; facture non créée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr "Bon de commande confirmé"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entièrement facturé`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "Tous/quelques produits reçus ; facture brouillon créée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "Facture brouillon créée"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer des factures fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
|
||
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'application **Achats** vous permet de gérer vos bons de commande, la "
|
||
"réception des produits et les factures fournisseurs, tout cela de façon "
|
||
"transparente et à un seul endroit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
|
||
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
|
||
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
|
||
"management processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous voulez mettre en place un processus de contrôle des factures "
|
||
"fournisseurs, la première chose que vous devez faire est d'avoir des données"
|
||
" d'achat dans Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté et réceptionné est la "
|
||
"première étape vers la compréhension de vos processus de gestion des achats."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr "Voici le flux standard dans Odoo :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
|
||
"vendor(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous commencez avec une **Demande de prix** à envoyer à votre ou vos "
|
||
"fournisseurs."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
|
||
"Order (PO)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois que le fournisseur a accepté la demande de prix, confirmez-la et "
|
||
"convertissez-la en **bon de commande**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
|
||
"stockable products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La confirmation du bon de commande génère une **Réception** si vous avez "
|
||
"acheté des produits stockables."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
|
||
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la réception d'une **facture fournisseur** de votre fournisseur, "
|
||
"validez la facture avec les produits reçus à l'étape précédente pour en "
|
||
"vérifier l'exactitude."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
|
||
"only one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ce processus peut être réalisé par trois personnes différentes au sein de "
|
||
"l'entreprise, ou par une seule."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
|
||
msgstr "Installer les applications Achats et Inventaire"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
|
||
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will "
|
||
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'application **Applications**, cherchez le module **Achats** et "
|
||
"installez-le. En raison de certaines dépendances, l'installation de "
|
||
"l'application Achats entraînera automatiquement l'installation des "
|
||
"applications **Inventaire** et **Comptabilité**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Creating products"
|
||
msgstr "Créer des produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
|
||
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and "
|
||
"click create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans Odoo, la création de produits est essentielle pour pouvoir effectuer "
|
||
"des achats de manière rapide et efficace. Allez simplement au sous-menu des "
|
||
"produits de l'application Achats et cliquez sur Créer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, "
|
||
"since it is important:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création du produit, faites attention au champ **Type de "
|
||
"produit**, car il est important :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep "
|
||
"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and "
|
||
"will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les produits définis comme **stockable** ou **consommable** vous permettent "
|
||
"de suivre leurs niveaux d'inventaire. Ces options impliquent une gestion des"
|
||
" stocks et permettent de recevoir ce type de produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will "
|
||
"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
|
||
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
|
||
"of these designations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À l'inverse, les produits définis comme **service** n'impliquent pas la "
|
||
"gestion des stocks, tout simplement parce qu'il n'y a pas de stock à gérer. "
|
||
"Vous ne pourrez pas recevoir des produits sous cette désignation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
|
||
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
|
||
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the "
|
||
"product type to **Service**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est recommandé de créer un produit **divers** pour tous les achats peu "
|
||
"fréquents qui ne nécessitent pas de valorisation ou de gestion des stocks. "
|
||
"Si vous créez un tel produit, il est recommandé de définir le type de "
|
||
"produit sur **Service**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer vos factures fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
|
||
msgstr "Acheter des produits ou des services"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
|
||
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
|
||
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
|
||
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
|
||
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
|
||
"Reference)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depuis l'application Achats, vous pouvez créer un bon de commande avec "
|
||
"autant de produits que vous le désirez. Si le fournisseur vous envoie une "
|
||
"confirmation ou un devis pour une commande, vous pouvez enregistrer le "
|
||
"numéro de commande dans le champ **Référence fournisseur**. Cela vous permet"
|
||
" de faciliter le rapprochement ultérieur du bon de commande avec la facture "
|
||
"fournisseur (car la facture fournisseur contient probablement la référence "
|
||
"fournisseur)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory "
|
||
"application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Validez le bon de commande et recevez les produits depuis l'application "
|
||
"Inventaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Receiving Products"
|
||
msgstr "Recevoir des produits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
|
||
"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after "
|
||
"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should "
|
||
"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
|
||
"is outlined in red below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez acheté des produits stockables dont vous gérez l'inventaire, "
|
||
"vous aurez besoin de recevoir des produits dans l'application Inventaire "
|
||
"après avoir confirmé un bon de commande. Dans le **Tableau de bord de "
|
||
"l'inventaire**, vous trouverez un bouton vous reliant directement au "
|
||
"transfert des produits. Ce bouton est entouré en rouge dans l'illustration "
|
||
"ci-dessous :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous y verrez également une liste de toutes les commandes en attente de "
|
||
"réception."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
|
||
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor "
|
||
"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference "
|
||
"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria"
|
||
" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the "
|
||
"following screen where you then will receive the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez beaucoup de commandes en attente, appliquez un filtre en "
|
||
"utilisant la barre de recherche en haut à droite. Cette barre de recherche "
|
||
"vous permet de filtrer en fonction du fournisseur (partenaire), du produit "
|
||
"ou du document d'origine (également connu sous le nom de référence de votre "
|
||
"bon de commande). Vous pouvez également regrouper les commandes en fonction "
|
||
"de différents critères sous **Regrouper par**. En sélectionnant un élément "
|
||
"dans cette liste, vous ouvrirez l'écran suivant dans lequel vous recevrez "
|
||
"les produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:116
|
||
msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L'achat de produits de type service ne déclenche pas de bon de livraison."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les factures fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it"
|
||
" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create"
|
||
" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous recevez une facture fournisseur d'un achat précédent, assurez-"
|
||
"vous de l'enregistrer dans l'application Achats par le menu **Contrôle**. "
|
||
"Vous devez créer une nouvelle facture fournisseur, même si vous avez déjà "
|
||
"enregistré un bon de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select"
|
||
" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated "
|
||
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
|
||
"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you "
|
||
"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
|
||
"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that "
|
||
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
|
||
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
|
||
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La première chose que vous devez faire lors de la création d'une facture "
|
||
"fournisseur est de sélectionner le fournisseur concerné, car cela va ainsi "
|
||
"récupérer toutes les informations de comptabilité ou de listes de prix qui "
|
||
"lui sont associées. De là, vous pouvez choisir de préciser un ou plusieurs "
|
||
"bons de commande pour remplir la facture. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un bon "
|
||
"de commande dans la liste, Odoo va récupérer tous les produits non facturés "
|
||
"associés à cette commande et va remplir automatiquement les informations "
|
||
"comme ci-dessous. Si vous avez des difficultés à trouver la facture "
|
||
"fournisseur concernée, vous pouvez effectuer une recherche dans la liste en "
|
||
"saisissant la référence du fournisseur ou votre numéro interne de commande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you "
|
||
"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change "
|
||
"prices)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque la facture est en brouillon, vous pouvez y apporter toutes les "
|
||
"modifications nécessaires (par ex. supprimer ou ajouter des lignes de "
|
||
"produit, modifier les quantités et les prix)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
|
||
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Votre fournisseur peut vous envoyer plusieurs factures pour le même bon de "
|
||
"commande si :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Votre fournisseur est en rupture de stock et vous envoie les factures "
|
||
"lorsqu'il expédie les produits."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Votre fournisseur vous envoie une facture partielle ou vous demande un "
|
||
"acompte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
|
||
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
|
||
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
|
||
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
|
||
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
|
||
" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Chaque fois que vous enregistrez une nouvelle facture fournisseur, Odoo "
|
||
"remplit automatiquement les quantités en fonction de ce qui a été "
|
||
"réceptionné. Si cette valeur affiche un zéro, cela signifie que vous n'avez "
|
||
"pas encore reçu ce produit et sert simplement à vous rappeler que le produit"
|
||
" n'est pas disponible et que vous devriez vous renseigner davantage à ce "
|
||
"sujet. À tout moment, avant de valider la facture fournisseur, vous pouvez "
|
||
"modifier cette quantité nulle."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:162
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
|
||
msgstr "Rapprocher les factures fournisseurs"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
|
||
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Que faire si votre facture fournisseur ne correspond pas à ce que vous avez "
|
||
"reçu"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the"
|
||
" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several "
|
||
"reasons:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la facture reçue de votre fournisseur a des quantités qui ne "
|
||
"correspondent pas aux quantités complétées automatiquement par Odoo, cela "
|
||
"peut être dû à plusieurs raisons :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
|
||
" have not ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le fournisseur vous facture à tort des produits et/ou des services que vous "
|
||
"n'avez pas commandés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
|
||
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le fournisseur vous facture des produits que vous n'avez peut-être pas "
|
||
"encore reçus, car le contrôle de la facturation est basé sur les quantités "
|
||
"commandées ou reçues."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:178
|
||
msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le fournisseur ne vous a pas facturé des produits achetés précédemment."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
|
||
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
|
||
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans ces cas, il est recommandé de vérifier que la facture, et tout bon de "
|
||
"commande associé au vendeur, sont exacts et que vous comprenez ce que vous "
|
||
"avez commandé et ce que vous avez déjà reçu."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
|
||
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver un bon de commande associé à une facture "
|
||
"fournisseur, cela peut être dû à l'une des raisons suivantes :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is"
|
||
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le fournisseur vous a déjà facturé ce bon de commande ; il n'apparaît donc "
|
||
"nulle part dans la sélection."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Quelqu'un dans l'entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer un bon de commande pour "
|
||
"ce fournisseur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
|
||
msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le fournisseur vous facture pour quelque chose que vous n'avez pas commandé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198
|
||
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
|
||
msgstr "Comment les quantités des produits sont gérées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
|
||
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Par défaut, les services sont gérés sur la base des quantités commandées, "
|
||
"alors que les produits stockables et les consommables sont gérés sur la base"
|
||
" des quantités reçues."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
|
||
"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask "
|
||
"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct "
|
||
"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new "
|
||
"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous avez besoin de gérer les produits sur la base des quantités "
|
||
"commandées plutôt que reçues, vous devez faire partie du groupe "
|
||
"**Responsable des achats**. Demandez à votre administrateur système de vous "
|
||
"accorder ces accès par :menuselection:`Configuration --> Utilisateurs --> "
|
||
"Utilisateurs --> Droits d'accès`. Une fois que vous appartenez à ce groupe, "
|
||
"sélectionnez le ou les produits que vous souhaitez modifier, et vous devriez"
|
||
" voir un nouveau champ, nommé **Contrôle des factures d'achat**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
|
||
"to be based on either:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez alors modifier la méthode de gestion par défaut pour le produit "
|
||
"sélectionné, qui peut être basée sur :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216
|
||
msgid "Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr "les quantités commandées"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218
|
||
msgid "or Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr "ou les quantités reçues"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:221
|
||
msgid "Batch Billing"
|
||
msgstr "Facturer par lots"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
|
||
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the "
|
||
"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not "
|
||
"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will"
|
||
" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lors de la création d'une facture fournisseur et de la sélection du bon de "
|
||
"commande approprié, vous pouvez continuer à sélectionner des bons de "
|
||
"commande supplémentaires. Odoo ajoutera les articles supplémentaires des "
|
||
"bons de commande que vous sélectionnez. Si vous n'avez pas supprimé les "
|
||
"articles précédents du premier bon de commande, la facture sera associée à "
|
||
"tous les bons de commande appropriés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des règles de réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
|
||
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
|
||
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
|
||
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
|
||
" below a set threshold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour certains produits, il est nécessaire de s'assurer qu'une quantité "
|
||
"minimale est disponible à tout moment. En ajoutant une règle de réassort à "
|
||
"un produit, il est possible d'automatiser le processus de réassort de "
|
||
"manière à ce qu'un bon de commande soit automatiquement créé lorsque la "
|
||
"quantité tombe en dessous d'un certain seuil."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
|
||
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Le module *Inventaire* doit être installé pour utiliser les règles de "
|
||
"réassort."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer des produits à réapprovisionner"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
|
||
"be added to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les produits doivent être configurés d'une manière spécifique pour qu'une "
|
||
"règle de réassort puisse leur être ajoutée."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
|
||
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
|
||
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
|
||
"into it's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"À partir des modules :menuselection:`Inventaire`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabrication`, :menuselection:`Achats` ou "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ventes`, allez aux :menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et"
|
||
" ensuite cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour créer un nouveau produit. Vous "
|
||
"pouvez également trouver un produit qui existe déjà dans la base de données "
|
||
"et cliquer sur sa fiche produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
|
||
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
|
||
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, sur la fiche du produit, activez le réassort en cochant l'option "
|
||
":guilabel:`Peut être acheté` sous le champ :guilabel:`Nom du produit`. "
|
||
"Enfin, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de produit` sur `Produit stockable` "
|
||
"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations générales`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Configurez un produit à réapprovisionner dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
|
||
msgstr "Ajouter une règle de réassort à un produit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
|
||
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
|
||
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Après avoir correctement configuré un produit, il est possible d'y ajouter "
|
||
"une règle de réassort en cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de "
|
||
"réassort` qui est désormais visible en haut de la fiche produit et en "
|
||
"cliquant ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer` dans le tableau de bord des "
|
||
":guilabel:`Règles de réassort`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Accédez aux règles de réassort pour un produit à partir de la fiche produit "
|
||
"dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
|
||
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une fois créée, la règle de réassort peut être configurée pour générer "
|
||
"automatiquement des bons de commande en définissant les champs suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
|
||
" once they are received and entered into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Emplacement` précise où les quantités commandées doivent être "
|
||
"stockées une fois qu'elles ont été reçues et entrées dans le stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
|
||
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
|
||
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
|
||
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité min` définit le seuil inférieur de la règle de réassort,"
|
||
" tandis que :guilabel:`Quantité max` définit le seuil supérieur. Si le stock"
|
||
" disponible est inférieur à la quantité minimale, un nouveau bon de commande"
|
||
" sera créé pour le réapprovisionner jusqu'à la quantité minimale."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
|
||
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
|
||
"created for 21 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la :guilabel:`Quantité min` est fixée à `5` et la :guilabel:`Quantité "
|
||
"max` est fixée à `25` et le stock disponible tombe à 4, un bon de commande "
|
||
"sera créé pour 21 unités du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
|
||
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
|
||
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
|
||
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
|
||
"Quantity` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Il est possible de configurer la :guilabel:`Quantité multiple` de manière à "
|
||
"ce que les produits ne soient commandés que par lots d'une certaine "
|
||
"quantité. En fonction du chiffre saisi, cela peut entraîner la création d'un"
|
||
" bon de commande qui ferait passer le stock disponible à un niveau supérieur"
|
||
" à celui précisé dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité max`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
|
||
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
|
||
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la :guilabel:`Quantité max` est fixée à `100`, mais la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantité multiple` est configurée pour commander le produit en "
|
||
"lots de `200`, un bon de commande sera créé pour 200 unités du produit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
|
||
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
|
||
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
|
||
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"L':guilabel:`UdM` précise l'unité de mesure dans laquelle la quantité sera "
|
||
"commandée. Pour les produits discrets, elle doit est réglée sur `Unités`. "
|
||
"Cependant, elle peut également être définie sur des unités de mesure telle "
|
||
"que `Volume` ou `Poids` pour les produits non discrets tels que l'eau ou les"
|
||
" briques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Configurez la règle de réassort dans Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr "Déclencher manuellement des règles de réassort avec le planificateur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
|
||
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
|
||
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de réassort seront déclenchées automatiquement par le "
|
||
"planificateur, qui s'exécute une fois par jour par défaut. Pour manuellement"
|
||
" déclencher des règles de réassort, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
|
||
"Opérations --> Lancer le planificateur`. Sur la fenêtre contextuelle, "
|
||
"confirmez l'action manuelle en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Lancer le "
|
||
"planificateur`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Les règles de réassort déclenchées manuellement déclencheront également "
|
||
"d'autres actions planifiées."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr "Gérer les règles de réassort"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
|
||
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
|
||
"top of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour gérer les règles de réassort pour un seul produit, allez à la fiche de "
|
||
"ce produit et sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de réassort` en haut "
|
||
"du formulaire."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
|
||
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
|
||
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
|
||
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour gérer toutes les règles de réassort pour chaque produit, allez à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Règles de réassort`. Dans "
|
||
"ce tableau de bord, vous pouvez exécuter des actions de masse typiques, "
|
||
"telles que l'exportation de données ou l'archivage de règles qui ne sont "
|
||
"plus nécessaires. En outre, les :guilabel:`Filtres`, :guilabel:`Regrouper "
|
||
"par` ou le menu à trois points sur le formulaire sont disponibles pour "
|
||
"rechercher et/ou organiser les règles de réassort comme vous le souhaitez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Acheter dans une unité de mesure différente de celle utilisée pour la vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lorsque vous achetez un produit, il se peut que votre fournisseur utilise "
|
||
"une unité de mesure différente de celle que vous utilisez pour vendre. Ceci "
|
||
"pourrait être source de confusion entre les responsables des ventes et des "
|
||
"achats. Il est également fastidieux de convertir mensuellement les unités de"
|
||
" mesure à chaque fois. Avec Odoo, vous pouvez configurer votre produit une "
|
||
"seule fois et laisser Odoo se charger de la conversion."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr "Prenons les exemples suivants :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous achetez du jus d'orange auprès d'un fournisseur américain qui utilise "
|
||
"des **gallons**. Cependant, vos clients sont européens et utilisent "
|
||
"des**litres**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous achetez des rideaux auprès d'un fournisseur sous forme de **rouleaux** "
|
||
"et vous vendez des morceaux de rouleaux à vos clients qui utilisent des "
|
||
"**mètres carrés**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Activer les unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ouvrez votre application Ventes et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
|
||
" Paramètres`. Dans la section Catalogue de produits, activez les *unités de "
|
||
"mesure*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr "Activer l'option des unités de mesure dans Odoo Ventes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Définir des unités de mesure d'achat et de vente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unités de mesure standards"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Une variété d'unités de mesure sont disponibles par défaut dans votre base "
|
||
"de données. Chacune appartient à l'une des cinq catégories d'unités de "
|
||
"mesure préconfigurées : *Longueur / Distance*, *Unité*, *Volume*, *Poids* et"
|
||
" *Temps de travail*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez créer vos propres unités de mesure et catégories d'unités de "
|
||
"mesure (voir la section suivante)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour définir des unités de mesure différentes pour les achats et les ventes,"
|
||
" ouvrez l'application Achats et allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> "
|
||
"Produits`. Créez un produit ou sélectionnez un produit existant. Sous "
|
||
"l'onglet *Informations générales* du produit, sélectionnez d'abord l'*unité "
|
||
"de mesure* qui sera utilisée pour les ventes (et pour toutes les autres "
|
||
"applications telles qu'Inventaire). Sélectionnez ensuite l'*unité de mesure "
|
||
"d'achat* qui sera utilisée pour les achats."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Revenons au premier exemple. Si vous achetez du jus d'orange auprès de votre"
|
||
" fournisseur en **gallons** et vendez-le à vos clients en **litres**, "
|
||
"sélectionnez d'abord *L* (litres) comme *unité de mesure* et *gal (US)* "
|
||
"(gallons) comme *unité de mesure d'achat*. Cliquez ensuite sur "
|
||
"*Sauvegarder*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configurer l'unité de mesure d'un produit dans Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "Créer de nouvelles unités de mesure et catégories d'unités de mesure"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Parfois, vous devez créer vos propres unités et catégories, soit parce que "
|
||
"la mesure n'est pas préconfigurée dans Odoo, soit parce que les unités ne "
|
||
"sont pas liées entre elles (par ex. kilos et centimètres)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous prenez le deuxième exemple où vous achetez des rideaux auprès d'un "
|
||
"fournisseur sous forme de **rouleaux** et vous vendez des morceaux des "
|
||
"rouleaux en utilisant des **mètres carrés**, vous devez créer une nouvelle "
|
||
"*catégorie d'unités de mesure* afin de relier les deux unités de mesure."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Catégories d'unités"
|
||
" de mesure`. Cliquez sur *Créer* et nommez la catégorie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une nouvelle catégorie d'unités de mesure dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La prochaine étape est de créer les deux unités de mesure. Pour ce faire, "
|
||
"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Unités de mesure`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez d'abord l'unité de mesure utilisée comme point de référence pour la "
|
||
"conversion vers d'autres unités de mesure à l'intérieur de la catégorie en "
|
||
"cliquant sur *Créer*. Nommez l'unité et sélectionnez la catégorie d'unités "
|
||
"de mesure que vous venez de créer. Concernant le *Type*, sélectionnez *Unité"
|
||
" de mesure de référence pour cette catégorie*. Saisissez la *précision "
|
||
"d'arrondi* que vous voulez appliquer. La quantité calculée par Odoo est "
|
||
"toujours un multiple de cette valeur."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dans l'exemple, comme vous ne pouvez pas acheter moins d'un rouleau et que "
|
||
"vous n'utiliserez pas de fractions de rouleau comme unité de mesure, vous "
|
||
"pouvez saisir 1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une nouvelle unité de mesure de référence dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si vous utilisez une *précision d'arrondi* inférieure à 0,01, un message "
|
||
"d'avertissement peut apparaître indiquant qu'elle est supérieure à la "
|
||
"*précision décimale* et qu'elle peut entraîner des incohérences. Si vous "
|
||
"souhaitez utiliser une *précision d'arrondi* inférieure à 0,01, activez "
|
||
"d'abord le :ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>`, allez ensuite à "
|
||
":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Structure de la base de données"
|
||
" --> Précision décimale`, sélectionnez *Unité de mesure du produit* et "
|
||
"modifiez les *chiffres* en conséquence. Par exemple, si vous voulez "
|
||
"appliquer une précision d'arrondi de 0,00001, définissez les *chiffres* sur "
|
||
"5."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Créez ensuite une deuxième unité de mesure, nommez-la et sélectionnez la "
|
||
"même catégorie d'unités de mesure comme votre unité de référence. Dans la "
|
||
"section *type*, sélectionnez *plus petite* ou *plus grande que l'unité de "
|
||
"mesure de référence*, en fonction de votre situation."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comme le rouleau de rideaux équivaut à 100 mètres carrés, vous devez "
|
||
"sélectionner *plus petite*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ensuite, vous devez saisir le *facteur* entre votre unité de référence et la"
|
||
" deuxième unité. Si la deuxième unité est plus petite, le *facteur* doit "
|
||
"être supérieur à 1. Si la deuxième unité est plus grande, le facteur doit "
|
||
"être inférieur à 1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr "Pour votre rouleau de rideaux, le facteur doit être de 100."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Créer une deuxième unité de mesure dans Odoo Achats"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vous pouvez à présent configurer votre produit comme vous le feriez en "
|
||
"utilisant les unités de mesure standards d'Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Définir des unités de mesure d'un produit utilisant vos propres unités dans "
|
||
"Odoo Achats"
|